DVD-VCR Recorder COMBO

Chassis : Nexus (4th Generation)

BASIC : DVD- VR357 Application Models : DVD-VR357 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR350 Application Areas : XAA, XAC, XAX

SERVICE MANUAL DVD-VR357 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR350

SERVICE
DVD-VCR RECORDER COMBINATION

Manual
Merit & Character regarding Product Super Multi Fomat Recoding DVD- RAM/ DVD R/ VDV R Multi Format Playback DVD/ DVD- RAM/ DVD RW/ DVD R CD/ CD- R/ CD- RW/ MP3/ JPEG Recording Mode XP( 1Hour)/ SP( 2Hour)/ LP( 4Hour)/ EP( 6~ 8Hour) Progressive Scan Both DVD & VCR Automatic Chapter Product ON Quick Recoding

ELECTRONICS

This Service Manual is a property of Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. Any unauthorized use of Manual can be punished under applicable international and/or domestic law.

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. DEC. 2006 Printed in Korea AK82- 01201A

IMPORTANT SERVICE GUIDE

MODE SWITCH (PROGRAM SWITCH) ASSEMBLY POINT
1) When installing the assy deck on the Main PCB, be sure to align the assembly point of mode switch. REMOVE 4 SCREWS
When installing the ass'y full deck on the Main PCB, be sure to align the assembly point of mode switch.

MODE SWITCH

ASSEMBLY POINT

Fig. 1

HOW TO EJECT THE CASSETTE TAPE (If the tape is stuck in the unit)
1) Turn the Gear Worm clockwise in the direction of arrow with a screwdriver. (See Fig. 2) (Other method ; Remove the screw of Motor Load Assy, Separate the Motor Load Assy) 2) When Slider S, T approachs the unloading position, rotate holder Clutch counterclockwise after inserting screwdriver in the frames bottom hole in order to wind the unwound tape. (Refer to Fig. 3) (If you rotate Gear Worm continuously when tape is unwinding, you may cause tape contamination by grease and tape damage. Be sure to wind the unwound tape with the unit in the horizontall position.) 3) Rotate Gear Worm clockwise using a screwdriver until the mecha is in the eject state. Remove the tape. (Refer to Fig. 2)

FRAME

GEAR WORM

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

CONTENTS
1. Precautions
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 Safety Precaution Servicing Precautions ESD Precautions Handling the optical pick-up

1-1 ~ 1-6
(1-1) (1-3) (1-4) (1-5)

2. Product Specification
2-1 Product Specification 2-2 Chassis Product Specification 2-3 Option Product Specification

2-1 ~ 2-8
(2-1) (2-2) (2-7)

3. Alignment and Adjustments

3-1 VCR Adjustment 3-2 VCR Mechanical Adjustment

3-1 ~ 3-12
(3-1) (3-4)

4. Software Update
4-1 Drive Firmware Update 4-2 Flash Update

4-1 ~ 4-4
(4-1) (4-3)

5. Disassembly and Reassembly

5-1 ~ 5-22

5-1 Cabinet and PCB (5-1) 5-2 Circuit Board Locations (5-3) 5-3 VCR Deck Parts Locations (5-4) 5-4 VCR Deck (5-7) 5-5 The table of cleaning, Lubrication and replacement time about principal parts (5-21)

6. Trouble Shooting 7. Exploded View and Parts List

7-1 Cabinet Assembly 7-2 VCR Mechanical Parts (Top Side) 7-3 VCR Mechanical Parts (Bottom Side)

6-1 ~ 6-36 7-1 ~ 7-8

(7-2) (7-4) (7-6)

CONTENTS
8. Electrical Parts List 9. Block Diagrams
9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 All Block Diagram (DVD-VR357) AIC1(PCM1753) Audio DA Block Diagram AIC9(PCM1802) Audio AD Block Diagram DIC1(S5L3200) A/V Codec Block Diagram DIC3(29DL323) Flash MEM Block Diagram IC301(LA71207) A/V 1Chip Block Diagram IC501(LA71607M) Hi-Fi Block Diagram TIC1(TW9906) Video Decoder Block Diagram U3,U4 (HY5DU281622ETP-J) Dram Block Diagram

8-1 ~ 8-20 9-1 ~ 9-10

(9-2) (9-3) (9-4) (9-5) (9-6) (9-7) (9-8) (9-9) (9-10)

10. Wiring Diagram 11. PCB Diagrams

11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 VCR Jack PCB DVD Main PCB Key PCB Front AV PCB CBC PCB

10-1 ~ 10-2 11-1 ~ 11-10

(11-2) (11-4) (11-8) (11-9) (11-10)

12. Schematic Diagrams

Block Identification of Jack PCB 12-1 S.M.P.S (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-2 Power (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-3 Logic (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-4 AV (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-5 Hi-Fi (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-6 MUX_MTS_TM_JACK (VCR-Jack PCB) 12-7 CODEC (DVD Main PCB) 12-8 AV (DVD Main PCB) 12-9 ATAPI_Flash (DVD Main PCB) 12-10 DDR (DVD Main PCB) 12-11 DV_1394 (DVD Main PCB)

12-1 ~ 12-22
(12-2) (12-3) (12-4) (12-5) (12-6) (12-7) (12-8) (12-9) (12-10) (12-11) (12-12) (12-13)

CONTENTS
12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-20 Audio (DVD Main PCB) Main Connector (DVD Main PCB) Video Decoder (DVD Main PCB) HDMI (DVD Main PCB) HDMI CEC (DVD Main PCB) AV Out (DVD Main PCB) Front (Function PCB) Key (Key PCB) CBC (CBC PCB) (12-14) (12-15) (12-16) (12-17) (12-18) (12-19) (12-20) (12-21) (12-22)

13. Operating Instructions 14. Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-1 Power 14-2 AV Codec 14-3 SERVO (DVP Multi Drive) 14-4 Video Input 14-5 Video Output 14-6 Audio 14-7 Tuner 14-8 IF 14-9 VCR System Control 14-10 VCR Servo 14-11 VCR Video 14-12 Hi-Fi Audio 14-13 Linear Audio 14-14 OSD

13-1 ~ 13-14 14-1 ~ 14-46

(14-1) (14-4) (14-7) (14-9) (14-11) (14-13) (14-14) (14-15) (14-16) (14-26) (14-30) (14-38) (14-43) (14-46)

15. Reference Information

15-1 VCR Deck Operating Description 15-2 Basic Configuration of Mechanism 15-3 Main Mechanism and Functions 15-4 Basis of the Mechanism 15-5 System Control 15-6 System Control and Mechanical Operations 15-7 Introduction to DVD 15-8 DVD-Video Format

15-1 ~ 15-34
(15-1) (15-1) (15-2) (15-4) (15-9) (15-10) (15-26) (15-28)

1. Precautions
1-1 Safety Precautions
1) Before returning an instrument to the customer, always make a safety check of the entire instrument, including, but not limited to, the following items: (1) Be sure that no built-in protective devices are defective or have been defeated during servicing. (1)Protective shields are provided to protect both the technician and the customer. Correctly replace all missing protective shields, including any removed for servicing convenience. (2)When reinstalling the chassis and/or other assembly in the cabinet, be sure to put back in place all protective devices, including, but not limited to, nonmetallic control knobs, insulating fish papers, adjustment and compartment covers/shields, and isolation resistor/capacitor networks. Do not operate this instrument or permit it to be operated without all protective devices correctly installed and functioning. (2) Be sure that there are no cabinet openings through which adults or children might be able to insert their fingers and contact a hazardous voltage. Such openings include, but are not limited to, excessively wide cabinet ventilation slots, and an improperly fitted and/or incorrectly secured cabinet back cover. (3) Leakage Current Hot Check-With the instrument completely reassembled, plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V AC outlet. (Do not use an isolation transformer during this test.) Use a leakage current tester or a metering system that complies with American National Standards institute (ANSI) C101.1 Leakage Current for Appliances and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1270 (40.7). With the instruments AC switch first in the ON position and then in the OFF position, measure from a known earth ground (metal water pipe, conduit, etc.) to all exposed metal parts of the instrument (antennas, handle brackets, metal cabinets, screwheads, metallic overlays, control shafts, etc.), especially any exposed metal parts that offer an electrical return path to the chassis. Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA. Reverse the instrument power cord plug in the outlet and repeat the test. See Fig. 1-1. Any measurements not within the limits specified herein indicate a potential shock hazard that must be eliminated before returning the instrument to the customer.
(READING SHOULD NOT BE ABOVE 0.5mA) DEVICE UNDER TEST TEST ALL EXPOSED METER SURFACES 2-WIRE CORD ALSO TEST WITH PLUG REVERSED (USING AC ADAPTER PLUG AS REQUIRED) EARTH GROUND
LEAKAGE CURRENT TESTER

Fig. 1-1 AC Leakage Test

(4) Insulation Resistance Test Cold Check-(1) Unplug the power supply cord and connect a jumper wire between the two prongs of the plug.(2) Measure the resistance with an ohmmeter between the jumpered AC plug and all exposed metallic cabinet parts on the instrument, such as screwheads, antenna, control shafts, handle brackets, etc. When an exposed metallic part has a return path to the chassis, the reading should be between 1 and 5.2 megohm. When there is no return path to the chassis, the reading must be infinite. If the reading is not within the limits specified, there is the possibility of a shock hazard, and the instrument must be repaired and rechecked before it is returned to the customer. See Fig. 1-2.

Antenna Terminal

Exposed Metal Part

ohm

ohmmeter

Fig. 1-2 Insulation Resistance Test

Samsung Electronics 1-1

Precautions

2) Read and comply with all caution and safety related notes on or inside the cabinet, or on the chassis. 3) Design Alteration Warning-Do not alter or add to the mechanical or electrical design of this instrument. Design alterations and additions, including but not limited to, circuit modifications and the addition of items such as auxiliary audio output connections, might alter the safety characteristics of this instrument and create a hazard to the user. Any design alterations or additions will make you, the servicer, responsible for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom. 4) Observe original lead dress. Take extra care to assure correct lead dress in the following areas: (1) near sharp edges, (2) near thermally hot parts (be sure that leads and components do not touch thermally hot parts), (3) the AC supply, (4) high voltage, and (5) antenna wiring. Always inspect in all areas for pinched, out-of-place, or frayed wiring, Do not change spacing between a component and the printed-circuit board. Check the AC power cord for damage.

5) Components, parts, and/or wiring that appear to have overheated or that are otherwise damaged should be replaced with components, parts and/ or wiring that meet original specifications. Additionally, determine the cause of overheating and/or damage and, if necessary, take corrective action to remove any potential safety hazard. 6) Product Safety Notice-Some electrical and mechanical parts have special safety-related characteristics which are often not evident from visual inspection, nor can the protection they give necessarily be obtained by replacing them with components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Parts that have special safety characteristics are identified by shading, an ( )or a ( )on schematics and parts lists. Use of a substitute replacement that does not have the same safety characteristics as the recommended replacement part might create shock, fire and/or other hazards. Product safety is under review continuously and new instructions are issued whenever appropriate.

1-2

Samsung Electronics

Precautions

1-2 Servicing Precautions

CAUTION : Before servicing units covered by this service manual and its supplements, read and follow the Safety Precautions section of this manual. Note : If unforseen circumstances create conflict between the following servicing precautions and any of the safety precautions, always follow the safety precautions. Remember: Safety First. (4) An insulation tube or tape is sometimes used and some components are raised above the printed wiring board for safety. The internal wiring is sometimes clamped to prevent contact with heating components. Install such elements as they were. (5) After servicing, always check that the removed screws, components, and wiring have been installed correctly and that the portion around the serviced part has not been damaged and so on. Further, check the insulation between the blades of the attachment plug and accessible conductive parts.

1-2-1 General Servicing Precautions

(1) a. Always unplug the instruments AC power cord from the AC power source before (1) re-moving or reinstalling any component, circuit board, module or any other instrument assembly, (2) disconnecting any instrument electrical plug or other electrical connection, (3) connecting a test substitute in parallel with an electrolytic capacitor in the instrument. b. Do not defeat any plug/socket B+ voltage interlocks with which instruments covered by this service manual might be equipped. c. Do not apply AC power to this instrument and /or any of its electrical assemblies unless all solid-state device heat sinks are correctly installed. d. Always connect a test instruments ground lead to the instrument chassis ground before connecting the test instrument positive lead. Always remove the test instrument ground lead last. Note : Refer to the Safety Precautions section ground lead last. (2) The service precautions are indicated or printed on the cabinet, chassis or components. When servicing, follow the printed or indicated service precautions and service materials. (3) The components used in the unit have a specified flame resistance and dielectric strength. When replacing components, use components which have the same ratings. Components identified by shading, by( ) or by ( ) in the circuit diagram are important for safety or for the characteristics of the unit. Always replace them with the exact replacement components.

1-2-2 Insulation Checking Procedure

Connect the insulation resi-stance meter (500V) to the blades of the attachment plug. The insulation resistance between each blade of the attachment plug and accessible conductive parts(see note) should be more than 1 Megohm. Note : Accessible conductive parts include metal panels, input terminals, earphone jacks, etc.

Samsung Electronics

1-3

Precautions

1-3 ESD Precautions

Electrostatically Sensitive Devices (ESD)
Some semiconductor (solid state) devices can be damaged easily by static electricity. Such components commonly are called Electrostatically Sensitive Devices(ESD). Examples of typical ESD devices are integrated circuits and some field-effect transistors and semiconductor chip components. The following techniques should be used to help reduce the incidence of component damage caused by static electricity. (1) Immediately before handling any semiconductor component or semiconductor-equipped assembly, drain off any electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known earth ground. Alternatively, obtain and wear a commercially available discharging wrist strap device, which should be removed for potential shock reasons prior to applying power to the unit under test. (2) After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ESD devices, place the assembly on a conductive surface such as aluminum foil, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup or exposure of the assembly. (3) Use only a grounded-tip soldering iron to solder or unsolder ESD devices. (4) Use only an anti-static solder removal devices. Some solder removal devices not classified as anti-static can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESD devices. (5) Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESD devices. (6) Do not remove a replacement ESD device from its protective package until immediately before your are ready to install it.(Most replacement ESD devices are packaged with leads electrically shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil or comparable conductive materials). (7) Immediately before removing the protective materials from the leads of a replacement ESD device, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be installed. CAUTION : Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit, and observe all other safety precautions. (8) Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replacement ESD devices. (Otherwise harmless motion such as the brushing together of your clothes fabric or the lifting of your foot from a carpeted floor can generate static electricity sufficient to damage an ESD device).

1-4

Samsung Electronics

Precautions

1-4 Handling the optical pick-up

The laser diode in the optical pick up may suffer electrostatic breakdown because of potential static electricity from clothing and your body. The following method is recommended. (1) Place a conductive sheet on the work bench (The black sheet used for wrapping repair parts.) (2) Place the set on the conductive sheet so that the chassis is grounded to the sheet. (3) Place your hands on the conductive sheet(This gives them the same ground as the sheet.) (4) Remove the optical pick up block (5) Perform work on top of the conductive sheet. Be careful not to let your clothes or any other static sources to touch the unit. Be sure to put on a wrist strap grounded to the sheet. Be sure to lay a conductive sheet made of copper etc. Which is grounded to the table.
THE UNIT WRIST-STRAP FOR GROUNDING

1M

1M

CONDUCTIVE SHEET

Fig.1-3
(6) Short the short terminal on the PCB, which is inside the Pick-Up ASSY, before replacing the PickUp. (The short terminal is shorted when the PickUp Assy is being lifted or moved.) (7) After replacing the Pick-up, open the short terminal on the PCB.

Samsung Electronics

1-5

Precautions

MEMO

1-6

Samsung Electronics

2. Product Specification
2-1 Product Specification
Power requirements Power consumption General Weight Dimensions Operating temp Other conditions Input Video Max. Audio input level DV Input 120V AC,60Hz 28Watts 8.75 IB 16.9in(W) x 10.6(D) x 3.1in(H) +41F to 95F Keep level when operating. Less than 75% operating humidity 1.0 V p-p at 75ohm load, sync negative S-Video input (Y:1.0Vp-p, C: 0.286Vp-p at 75ohm load) 2Vrms IEEE 1394(4p) compatible jack Audio output jacks 1,2 Audio Output Optical/coaxial digital audio output support Min. 100dB signal-to-noise ratio Max. 0.005% total harmonic distortion(T. H. D) at average 1KHz Video output jacks 1, Video S-Video output 1 (Y: 1.0Vp-p, C:0.286Vp-p at 75 ohm load) Component output ( Y: 1.0Vp-p ,Pb:0.70Vp-p, Pr:0.70Vp-p at 75ohm load) HDMI output (480p,720p,1080i) Picture compression format Audio compression format DVD Recording Qallity Video S/N Ratio Audio S/N Ratio Audio frequency characteristics MPEG-II Dolby digital 2ch/256kbps XP(about 8Mbps), SP(about 4Mbps), LP(about 2Mbps), EP(about 1.2Mbps) Min. 50dB at standard recording MIN. 75dB 20Hz ~ 20KHz

Samsung Electronics

2-1

Product Specification

2-2 Chassis Product Specification

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) DVD-VR335 DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350

Export Country Buyer Name General Production Instruction Manual ( Language ) OSD/OSP - Language (RED ; Initial) Front Panel Tool Name Body Color Applied Regulation BOM Model Name (PV14) * Suwon SAP R/3 GENERAL SYSTEM SYSTEM NTSC3.58 REC/PB PAL-M Rec/PB PAL-N Rec/PB PAL-M NTSC Convesion PAL NTSC Convesion NTSC PAL-M Convesion NTSC PAL-N Convesion FEATURES One Touch Timer Copy Control OSD Menu (UI) On Screen Help Message (UI) Quick Set Up Back Ground Graphic SA Programming STB Control/CBC CM Adv DESIGN Front Panel Tool Name Key Function Body Color Half Mirror Hot stamping Window Material Display of Panel Front EZ View Key on Front P480 Key on Front Power Knob LED Indicator LED REMOTE Tool Name JOG & Shuttle Glow-in-the-dark Color Battery Type nguage 2-2

USA SEA TSEC Eng Eng / Fre / Spa 06-SECRECCOMB Black UL / FCC DVD-VR335/XAA Yes / Yes No No No No No Yes Bi-directional Yes No Yes Yes (Black) No No No 06-SECRECCOMB Power , Progressive , STOP, Ch Up / Down , Open/Close, DVD/VCR , REC , PB , Copy(DVD/VCR) , EJECT Black No No ACRYL LED Module No Yes No No 7th 53-key(VR7253) No No Black AAAx2EA Eng

USA / USA / CANADA SEA / SEA / SECA TSEC Eng / Eng / Eng/Fra Eng/Fre/Spa 07-SECRECCOMA Black UL/FCC / UL/FCC / CSA DVD-VR357/XAA / DVD-VR355/XAA / DVD-VR350/XAC Yes / Yes No No No No No No Yes Bi-directional Yes No No / No / Yes Yes (Black) No Yes / No / No No 07-SECRECCOMA Power, Progressive, STOP, REW/F .F, Open/Close, DVD/VCR, REC, PB , Copy(DVD/VCR), EJECT Black Yes No ACRYL LED Module No Yes Yes(Blue) Yes(Rec : Red) 7th 53-key(VR7253) No No Black AAAx2EA Eng Samsung Electronics Power , Progressive , STOP, Ch Up / Down , Open/Close, DVD/VCR , REC , PB , Copy(DVD/VCR) , EJECT

Power, Progressive, STOP, REW/F .F, Open/Close, DVD/VCR, REC, PB , Copy(DVD/VCR), EJECT

Product Specification

SYSTEM

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) 10key (for Ch Select) Multi-Brand TV Control TERMINALS (IN /OUT) Video/Audio In RCA Jack (on the Front) S-Video Input (on the Rear) DV Input (on the Front) HDMI Output (on the Rear) Video/Audio In RCA Jack (on the Rear) Video/Audio Out RCA Jack (on the Rear) Aerial In / RF-Out (on the Rear) Component Video Output (on the Rear) S-Video Output (on the rear) D Terminal (on the rear) ANYNET Audio Output for component/S-Video (on the Rear) Coaxial Digital Audio Output (on the Rear) Optical Digital Audio Output (on the Rear) 5.1ch Audio Output 11 in 2(MS,SMC,SD,MMC) Memory Slot CBC Jack Control-S In TUNER Tuning System INITIAL SET KEY(Easy Set Up) Broadcast System CH Coverage RF-out CH & System 3/4 Default RF Channel RF-out channel Auto seeking -->all G&I version Stereo System Station Capacity (Number of Preset) TIMER RECORDING No. of Events Backup Time Clock Type Auto Clock Set Just Clock Auto speed Timer Recording Easy Timer Programming ( REC Dial Timer) EPG (Gemstar Function) VCR Plus SWITCH Jog/Shuttle Dial (on the Front Panel) TV/VCR select Button Audio Mute Button Mode / Speed Select Switch Video System Select Switch Modulator System Select Switch GENERAL SYSTEM Deck Type Cylinder Type

DVD-VR335 Yes Yes Yes (LINE 2) x1 Yes(1) Yes(1) Yes(1) Yes (LINE 1) x1 Yes (LINE OUT) x1 Yes /Yes Yes (1) Yes (1) No No Yes (1) Yes (1) Yes (1) No No No No FSS Plug & Play(Channel/Clock) NTSC-M VHF / UHF / CATV VHF 3/4 No No MTS / SAP 181CH 12 Event / 1 Month Permanent Quartz Yes No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes (on the remote control) No No X-13A 4Head Hi-Fi (6ch)

DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350 Yes Yes Yes (LINE 2) x1 Yes(1) Yes(1) Yes(1) / Yes(1) / No Yes (LINE 1) x1 Yes (LINE OUT) x1 No/No / No/No / Yes/Yes Yes (1) Yes (1) No No Yes (1) Yes (1) Yes (1) No No Yes No - / - / FSS - / - / Plug & Play (Channel/Clock) - / - / NTSC-M - / - / VHF/UHF/CATV - / - / 3/4 VHF - / - / No - / - / No - / - / MTS/SAP - / - / 181CH 12 Event / 1 Month 30sec / 30sec / No Quartz No / No / Yes No Yes No No No No No / No / Yes No Yes (on the remote control) No No X-13A 4Head Hi-Fi (6ch)

Samsung Electronics

2-3

Product Specification

VCR

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) Narrow Head Tape Speed NTSC : REC, (PB) FEATURES Index Function ( Search & SCAN ) REW Time Auto Head Cleaner 16:9 (Wide Broadcast : TV through) Digital Auto Tracking IPC (= Smart Trilogic ) Auto Repeat Playback S-VHS (SQPB) Flying Erase Head Soft Cassette Door CODO

DVD-VR335 Yes (19) SP / EP , (SP / LP / EP) Yes about 120sec(T120) No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No

DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350 Yes (19) SP / EP , (SP / LP / EP) Yes about 120sec(T120) No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No

DVD

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) Export Country Buyer Name GENERAL SYSTEM DVD Deck Type Opt Type Dynamic Tilt Compensation REC mode Recording Media DVD-RAM Recording Media DVD-RW Recording Media DVD-R Recording Media DVD+RW Recording Media DVD+R Yes DVD Region Code Karaoke NTSC PAL Play to NTSC3.58 Playable Media DVD-VIDEO CD VCD SVCD CVD MPEG-4 ( Divx) DVD-R DVD-RW (Video Mode) DVD-RW (VR Mode) DVD+R DVD+RW DVD-RAM DVD-R/RW MP3 JPEG PHOTO-CD (KODAK)

DVD-VR335 USA SEA DP-R3(RAMBO-3) No XP / SP / LP / EP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 1 No Yes No Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (500 folders) Yes Yes

DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350 USA / USA / CANADA SEA / SEA / SECA DP-R4(RAMBO-4) FULL MULTI / FULL MULTI / RAM MULTI No XP / SP / LP / EP Yes Yes Yes Yes / Yes / No Yes / Yes / No No 1 No Yes No Yes Yes No / No / Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (500 folders) Yes Yes Samsung Electronics

2-4

Product Specification

DVD

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) Super Audio CD (HD Layer) Super Audio CD (CD Layer) Copy Controled CD DISC TEXT Memory Stick (ATRAC3) Memory Stick (JPEG) VIDEO Video DAC Progressive (P480) Upscaling(720P/1080i) Block Noise Reduction Digital Video Enhancer Custom Picture Mode Video Equalizer AUDIO Audio DAC DTS Digital Output Dolby Digital 5.1ch Decode DTS 5.1ch Decode Super Audio CD Multi ch Output Virtual Surround (2ch) V.C.Filter R-Core Transformer Audio Isolated Circuit Board Off Center Insulator FEATURES Start Up Screen Screen Saver Audio/Video Bit Rate Indicator Layer Indicator 1.5x Audio during Scan Forward 128x Search HDMI CEC Instant Search Instant Replay Time Slip PIP 30 sec SKIP Picture Navi Playback Memory Picture Memory Bookmark Zoom Resume Custom Parental Control Child Lock WMA EZ View EZ Play My DVD Sound Feedback

DVD-VR335 No Yes Yes No No No 54MHz/10Bit Yes Yes No Yes (Embedded) No Yes (Embedded) 96kHz, 24 bit Yes No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No Yes No No No Yes (10 discs) Yes (x2 , x4) Yes Yes Yes No No No No No

DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350 No Yes Yes No No No 54MHz/10Bit Yes Yes / Yes / No No Yes (Embedded) No Yes (Embedded) 96kHz, 24 bit Yes No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes / Yes / No No No No / Yes / No No Yes No No No Yes (10 discs) Yes (x2 , x4) Yes Yes Yes No No No No No

Samsung Electronics

2-5

Product Specification

COMMON

Model Name(Buyer Model Name) ACCESSORIES Remote Controller Batteries Power Cord Type Plug Conversion Euro Scart Cable(21pin) RF Cable RCA Audio Cable RCA A/V Cable HDMI Cable STB Control Cable Instruction Manual Quick Setup Guide Warranty Card REGISTRATION Card AS List (Stop Return Sheet) Customer Request Card DISC CARTON BOX Packing Box (White Carton) EPS-less Carton Language DIMENSION ETC. Dimension (W*H*D mm) <Net> Dimension (W*H*D mm) <Gross> Weight ( kg ) <Net> / Weight ( kg ) <Gross> Power Consumption ON/STANDBY Power Requirement

DVD-VR335 Yes Yes EP-2 Polarity No No Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes( IB Included ) Yes Yes No No Flexo No ENG 430x79x271 514X180X384 3.97/5.48 28W / 3.5W ~ 120V 60Hz

DVD-VR357 / VR355 / VR350 Yes Yes EP-2 Polarity No No No / No / Yes No Yes No Yes / No / No Yes Yes Yes( IB Included ) Yes / Yes / No Yes No No Flexo No ENG / ENG / Eng/Fra 430x79x271 514X180X384 / 514X180X384 / 3.9/5.4 / 3.9/5.4 / 28W/3.5W / 28W/3.5W / 23W/3.5W ~ 120V 60Hz

2-6

Samsung Electronics

Product Specification

2-3 Option Product Specification

Description Fig Description Parts No Remark

Remote Control

AK59-00062A

Model Standard of DVD-VR357/XAA

Batteries for Remote Control

Model Standard of AC43-12002H DVD-VR357/XAA S.N.A

Users Manual

AK68-01287A

Model Standard of DVD-VR357/XAA

Model Standard of Quick Guide AK68-01288A DVD-VR357/XAA S.N.A

Video/Audio Cable

AC39-00073A

Model Standard of DVD-VR357/XAA

IR Blaster Cable

AK39-00055A

Model Standard of DVD-VR357/XAA

Samsung Electronics

2-7

Product Specification

MEMO

2-8

Samsung Electronics

3. Alignment and Adjustments

3-1 VCR Adjustment
3-1-1 Reference
1) X-Point (Tracking center) adjustment, Head switching adjustment and NVRAM option setting can be adjusted with remote control. 2) When replacing the Main PCB Micom (IC601) and NVRAM (IC603 ; EEPROM) be sure to adjust the Head switching adjustment and NVRAM option setting. 3) When replacing the cylinder assy, be sure to adjust the X-Point and Head switching adjustment. ) How to adjust. - Intermittently short-circuit the Test Point on VCR-Jack PCB with pincers to the adjustment mode. - If the corresponding adjustment button is pressed, the adjustment is performed automatically. - When the adjustment is completed, be sure to turn the power off. 3-1-1(a) Location of adjustment button of remote control

Fig. 3-1 Samsung Electronics 3-1

Alignment and Adjustments

3-1-1(b) TEST location for adjustment mode setting

Short-Circuit for few seconds and release. (Just one time)

Fig. 3-2 VCR-Jack PCB (Top View)

3-2

Samsung Electronics

Alignment and Adjustments

3-1-2 Head Switching Point Adjustment

1) Playback the alignment tape. 2) Intermittently short-circuit the two Test Points on VCR-Jack PCB while setting the adjustment mode. (See Fig. 3-2) 3) Press the 1, 0 buttons; remote control adjustment operates automatically. (See Fig. 3-1)

3-1-3 NVRAM Option Setting

1) NVRAM Option is adjusted in the factory. 2) In case VCR-Jack PCB Micom (IC601) and NVRAM (IC603 ; EEPROM) are replaced, be sure to set the corresponding option number of the required model. (If the option is not set, the unit will not operate.) 1) Intermittently short-circuit the two Test Points on VCR-Jack PCB. (See Fig. 3-2) 2) Press the 1, button on the remote control. The option setting appears. (See Fig. 3-3) 3) Select the option number (See table 3-1) of corresponding model with , , , buttons on the remote control. ) After selecting the option number is completed, press the button of remote control. (If button is pressed, the selected number is changescolor. ; See Fig. 3-) 5) Press the ENTER button of remote control again to store the option number. 6) Turn the Power off.

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 MOVE : SAVE :
Fig. 3-3

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 MOVE : COMPLETE
Fig. 3-4

ENTER

<Table 3-1 NVRAM Option Table> MODEL DVD-VR357/XAA DVD-VR355/XAA DVD-VR355/XAC DVD-VR350/XAC DVD-VR350/XAX OPTION NUMBERS 2, 5, 7, 9, 12, 13, 20, 21, 25, 26, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38 2, 5, 7, 9, 13, 20, 21, 25, 26, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38 2, 3, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 21, 25, 26, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37 2, 3, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 21, 25, 26, 31, 34, 35 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 16, 17, 20, 25, 26, 31, 33, 34, 35, 37

Samsung Electronics

3-3

Alignment and Adjustments

3-2 VCR Mechanical Adjustment

3-2-1 Tape Transport System and Adjustment Locations
The tape transport system has been adjusted precisely in the factory. Alignment is not necessary except for the following : 1) Noise observed on the screen. 2) Tape damage. 3) Parts replacement in the tape transport system. Lower flange height of tape guide is used as the reference for the transport adjustment. To maintain the height of the tape guide and prevent damage, do not apply excessive force onto the main base.

CYLINDER ASS' Y GUIDE ROLLER "S" GUIDE ROLLER "T"

FULL ERASE HEAD #3 GUIDE POST TENSION POST TI LT SCREW X-POSITION ADJUST SLIT AZIMUTH SCREW

HIGH T SCREW PINCH ROLLER #9 GUIDE POST CAPSTAN #8 GUIDE POST

SUPPLY REEL DISK

TAKE UP REEL DISK

Fig. 3-5 Location of Tape Transport Adjustment PINCH ROLLER FE HEAD CYLINDER ASS'Y GUIDE ROLLER "S" GUIDE ROLLER "T" POST TENSION #8 GUIDE POST #9 GUIDE POST

#3 GUIDE POST

ACE HEAD CAPSTAN SHAFT Fig. 3-6 Tape Travel Diagram

MAIN BASE

3-4

Samsung Electronics

3-2-2 Tape Transport System Adjustment

When parts are replaced, perform the required adjustments by referring to procedures for the tape transport system. If there are any changes to the tape path, first run a T-120 tape and make sure excessive tape wrinkle does not occur at the tape guides. If tape wrinkle is observed at the guide roller S, T, turn the guide roller S, T until wrinkle disappears. If the tape wrinkle is still observed at the tape guide, perform the tilt adjustment of the AC head. (1) AC Head Assembly Adjustment a. AC HEAD HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT 1) Run the alignment tape (Color bar) in the playback mode. 2) Observe surface of the audio head using a dental mirror. 3) Turn screw (C) clockwise or counterclockwise until the gap of lower tape edge and the lower edge of the control head is about 0.25mm. (Refer to Fig. 3-7 and 3-8)

SCREW (A) TI LT SCREW X-POSITION ADJUST SLIT SCREW (B) AZIMUTH ADJUST

SCREW (C) HIGHT SCREW SCREW (D) X-POSITION LOCKING

Fig. 3-7 Location of AC Head Adjustment Screw

AUDIO HEAD VIDEO HEAD

0 ~ 0 .25 mm CONTROL HEAD

Fig. 3-8 AC Head Height Adjustment

Samsung Electronics

3-5

Alignment and Adjustments

b. AC HEAD TILT ADJUSTMENT 1) Playback a blank tape and observe the position of the tape at the lower flange of tape guide. 2) Confirm that there is no curl or wrinkle at the lower flange of tape guide as shown in Fig. 3-9 (B). 3) If a curl or wrinkle of the tape occurs, slightly turn the screw (A) tilt adjust on the AC head assy. 4) Reconfirm the AC head height.

(A)

(B)

WRINKLE

(BAD)
Fig. 3-9 Tape Guide Check c. AUDIO AZIMUTH ADJUSTMENT 1) Load alignment tape (Mono scope) and playback the 7KHz signal. 2) Connect channel-1 scope probe to audio output. 3) Adjust screw (B) to achieve maximum audio level. (See Fig. 3-7)

(GOOD)

3-6

Samsung Electronics

Alignment and Adjustments

d. AC HEAD POSITION (X-POINT) ADJUSTMENT 1) Playback the alignment tape (Color bar) 2) Intermittently short-circuit the two Test Points on VCR-Jack PCB. (See Fig. 3-2) 3) Press the 0, 5 remote control buttons, then adjustment is operates automatically. (See Fig. 3-1) 4) Connect the CH-1 probe to Envelope the CH-2 probe to HD switching pulse and then trigger to CH-1. 5) Insert the (-) driver into the X-Point adjustment hole and adjust it so that envelope waveform is maximum. Test point : TP2 (Audio Output) TP3 (Envelope) TP (HD S/W -Trigger) TP5 (Control Pulse)

AUDIO OUTPUT ENVELOPE HEAD SWITCHING CONTRO PULSE

Fig. 3-10 Location of Test point (VCR-Jack PCB-Top View)

Samsung Electronics

3-7

Alignment and Adjustments

(2) Linearity adjustment (Guide roller S, T adjustment) 1) Playback the Mono Scope alignment tape (SP mode). 2) Observe the video envelope signal on an oscilloscope (triggered by the video switching pulse). 3) Make sure the video envelope waveform (at its minimum) meets the specification shown in Fig. 3-11. If it does not, adjust as follows : Note : a=Maximum output of the video RF envelope. b=Minimum output of the video RF envelope at the entrance side. c=Minimum output of the video RF envelope at the center point. d=Maximum output of the video RF envelope at the exit side. 4) If the section A in Fig. 3-15 does not meet the specification, adjust the guide roller S up or down. 5) If the section B in Fig. 3-15 does not meet the specification, adjust the guide roller T up or down.

c d

abcd c,b,d/a 63%

Fig. 3-11 Envelope Waveform Adjustment

H'D SWITCHING PULSE

ENVELOPE

Fig. 3-12 Adjustment Points

3-8

Samsung Electronics

6) Play back the Mono Scope alignment tape (SP mode). 7) Connect an oscilloscope CH-1 to the Envelope and CH-2 to the HD SW Pulse for triggering. 8) Turn the guide roller heads with a flat head ( ) driver to obtain a flat video RF envelope as shown in Fig. 3-13.

IDEAL ENVELOPE

S HEIGHT TOO HIGH

S HEIGHT TOO LOW

T HEIGHT TOO HIGH

T HEIGHT TOO LOW

GUIDE ROLLER S

GUIDE ROLLER T

Fig. 3-13 Guide Roller S, T Height Adjustment

Samsung Electronics

3-9

Alignment and Adjustments

(3) Check Transitional Operation from RPS to Play Check transition from RPS mode to play mode : Using a pre-recorded SP tape, make sure the entry side of envelope comes to an appropriate steady state within 3 seconds (as shown in Fig. 3-1). If the envelope waveform does not reach specified peak-to peak amplitude within 3 seconds, adjust as follows : 1) Make sure there is no gap between the supply roller lower flange and the tape. If there is a gap, adjust the supply guide roller again. 2) Change operation mode from the RPS to the play mode (again) and make sure the entry side of envelope rises within 3 seconds.
ENTRANCE SIDE ENVELOPE

Fig.3-14 Video Envelope Rising when Operation mode Changes from RPS to Play Mode

() Envelope Check
1) Make recordings on T-120 (E-120) and T-160 (E-180) tape. Make sure the playback output envelope meets the specification as shown in Fig. 3-15. 2) Play back a self recorded tape (recording made on the unit using with T-120 (E-120). The video envelope should meet the specification as shown in Fig. 3-18. In SP mode, (A) should equal (B). If the head gap is wide, upper cylinder should be checked.

Fig. 3-15 Envelope Input and Output Level

(5) Tape Wrinkle Check

1) Run the T-160 (E-180) tape in the playback, FPS, RPS and Pause modes and observe tape wrinkle at each guide. 2) If excessive tape wrinkle is observed, perform the following adjustments in Playback mode : Tape wrinkle at the guide roller S, T section : Linearity adjustment. Tape wrinkle at tape guide flange : AC head assembly coarse adjustment. 3-10 Samsung Electronics

3-2-3 Reel Torque

1) The rotation of the capstan motor causes the holder clutch assy to rotate through the belt pulley. 2) The spring wrap PLAY/REV of holder clutch assy drives the disk reel S, T through gear idler by rotation of gear center assy. 3) Brake is operated by slider cam at FF/REW mode. 4) Transportation of accurate driving force is done by gears. (Gear Center Assy) Note : If the spec. does not meet the followings specifications, replace the holder clutch assy and then recheck. <Table 3-2> MODE PB RPS TORQUE g/cm 2 11 15 30 GAUGE Cassette Torquemeter Cassette Torquemeter

Samsung Electronics

3-11

Alignment and Adjustments

MEMO

3-12

Samsung Electronics

4. Software Update
4-1 Drive Firmware Update
4-1-1 Introduction
Samsung will often support software update to improve the performance of DVD Recorder&VCR to the latest staus, through Samsung Internet Site. (www. samsung.com)

4-1-2 How to make an update disc

Write the downloaded file onto a blank CD-R or CD-RW disc, using the following settings : 1) You have to download a newl file through Samsung lnternet site. (www.samsung.com) 2) Write the file to disc using the CD-RW of your computer.

NOTE
Recommended Application Program - Nero Burning / Easy CD Creator ..etc Option - Name : SDM2224 - Extension name : *.REC - Multisession : No Multisession - File name lenght : Max. of 11 = 8 + 3 - Format : Mode 1 - Character set : ISO 9660 or Joliet Format - CD Close & Dise at once - Label : RAMBO

WARNING
It is very important : please read the below notice below before upditang your unit. The followong events may interrupt the update process and MAY RESULT IN PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE UNIT WHILE UPDATING ! Unplugging the power cord. @ Power Outage. # Dirt or Scratches on the disc. $ Opening a disc tray during processing.

Samsung Electronics

4-1

Software Update

1) Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray. 2) Insert the update CD-R disc with the software update, label facing up. 3) Press OPEN/CLOSE to close the disc tray. * It takes about 1~2 minites before the mesage below appears.

Drive Update Do you want to update drive-firmware?

Version : Xx.X.VR357 -> XX.X.VR357 Yes No

Fig. 4-2 Remote Control Atfer checking old and new version, select Yes or No with or on the remote control. * The Version is indicated by XX.X modelname

Fig. 4-1 * If you dont see the message above, try another disc. Generally, this is caused by disc quality and by disc creating problem. 4) Press the ENTER button on the remote control (Fig. 4-2). You will see LOAD on FLT Display.

Drive Update Now, processing... Please, do not turn off the power.

Fig.4-3 5) It takes about 1~2 minutes to complete the update. The message below will be displayed in the screen after update is completed and the tray will open automatically.

Drive Update Drive Firmware is successfully updated.

Fig. 4-4 6) After removing the update disc, turn off the unit with power button. Afterwards turn unit back on with power button to close file. The drive firmware is now completed. 4-2

Fig. 4-5

Samsung Electronics

Software Update

4-2 Flash Update

4-2-1 Introduction
Samsung will often support software update to improve the performance of DVD Recorder&VCR to the latest staus, through Samsung Internet Site. (www. samsung.com)

4-2-2 How to make an update disc

Write the downloaded file onto a blank CD-R or CD-RW disc, using the following settings : 1) You have to download a newl file through Samsung lnternet site. (www.samsung.com) 2) Write the file to disc using the CD-RW of your computer.

NOTE
Recommended Application Program - Nero Burning / Easy CD Creator ..etc Option - Only single session - CD close & disc at once - ISO 9660 or joliet format - Extension name : *.RUF In order to increase dise playability, add a dummy file (over 100MB) together with the latest program. (The dummy file can be used any kind of file except MP3 file etc which can be played in the unit and we recommend to use a file whin extension name as *.dmy, which can be changed from original one.)

WARNING
It is very important : please read the below notice below before updating your unit. The followong events may interrupt the update process and MAY RESULT IN PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE UNIT WHILE UPDATING ! Unplugging the power cord. @ Power Outage. # Dirt or Scratches on the disc. $ Opening a disc tray during processing.

Samsung Electronics

4-3

Software Update

1) Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray. 2) Insert the update CD-R disc with the software update, label facing up. 3) Press OPEN/CLOSE to close the disc tray.

Flash Update Do you want to update flash memory?

Version : YYMMDD.xx.VR357 -> YYMMDD.xx.VR357 Yes No

Fig. 4-7 Remote Control Atfer checking old and new version, select Yes or No with or on the remote control. * The Version is indicated by YYMMDD.xx modelname

Fig. 4-6 * If you dont see the message above, try another disc. Generally, this is caused by disc quality and by disc creating problem. 4) Press the ENTER button on the remote control (Fig. 4-7).

Flash Update Now, processing... Please, do not turn off the power.

Fig. 4-8 5) It takes about 5 minutes to complete the update. The message below will be displayed in the screen after update is completed and the tray will open automatically. * If the message to the left isnt displayed after 10minutes and the unit is no longer functioning properly, contact a samsung authorized service center.
Flash Update Flash memory is successfully updated.

Fig. 4-9 6) After removing the update disc, turn off the unit with power button. And there after turn on the unit with power button and then the will be closed. The Flash update is now completed.

4-4

Samsung Electronics

5. Disassembly and Reassembly

5-1 Cabinet and PCB
5-1-1 Cabinet Top Removal 5-1-3 Assy Front Panel Removal

REMOVE 5 SCREWS
(3 * 10 BLK)

REMOVE 3 HOOKS Fig. 5-1 Cabinet Top Removal

(Top View)

5-1-2 Assy Bottom Cover Removal

(Bottom View)

Fig. 5-3 Assy Front Panel Removal(Top View)

REMOVE 10 SCREWS
(3 * 10 WHITE)

REMOVE 3 HOOKS
(Bottom View)

Fig. 5-4 Assy Front Panel Removal(Bottom View) Fig. 5-2 Assy Bottom Cover Removal

Samsung Electronics

5-1

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-1-5 Chassis Removal

REMOVE 4 SCREWS
(3 * 12 YELLOW)

CBC PCB

REMOVE 1 SCREW
(3 * 10 BLK) (DVD-VR357 Only)

REMOVE 4 SCREWS
(3 * 12 YELLOW)

VCR DECK DVD DECK REMOVE 1 SCREW

(3 * 10 BLK)

REMOVE 2 SCREWS
(3 * 12 YELLOW)

HDMI PCB REMOVE 3 SCREWS

(3 * 10 BLK)

REMOVE 4 SCREWS
(3 * 12 YELLOW)

REMOVE 1 SCREW
(3 * 10 WHT)

DVD MAIN PCB

REMOVE 5 SCREWS
(3 * 6 YELLOW)

VCR JACK PCB

REMOVE 2 SCREWS
(3 * 10 BLK)

FUNCTION PCB

Fig. 5-5 Chassis Removal

5-1-6 VCR Main PCB Removal

REMOVE 4 SCREWS
(4 * 12 YELLOW)
When installing the ass'y full deck on the Main PCB, be sure to align the assembly point of mode switch.

MODE SWITCH

ASSEMBLY POINT

Fig. 5-6 VCR Main PCB Removal 5-2 Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-2 Circuit Board Locations

VCR JACK PCB

HDMI PCB

CBC PCB(VR357 Only)

DVD MAIN PCB

FUNCTION PCB

Fig. 5-7 Circuit Board Locations Samsung Electronics 5-3

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-3 VCR Deck Parts Locations

5-3-1 Top View

Fig. 5-8 Top parts Location-1

GEAR FL CAM ASSY MOTOR LOADING ASSY LEVER ARM ASSY HOLDER CASSETTE LEVER DOOR SLIDER FL DRIVE

5-4

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

Fig.5-9 Top Parts Location-2

FE HEAD ASSY CYLINDER ASSY CE HEAD ASSY LEVER UNIT PINCH ASSY LEVER #9 GUIDE ASSY LEVER TENSION ASSY BAND BRAKE

DISK S REEL ASSY LEVER S BRAKE GEAR IDLE LEVER IDLE ASSY LEVER T BRAKE DISK T REEL

Samsung Electronics

5-5

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-3-2 Bottom View

Fig. 5-10 Bottom Parts Location GEAR JOINT 1 GEAR JOINT 2 BRAKET GEAR ASSY MOTOR CAPSTAN ASSY LEVER T LOAD GEAR LOADING DRIVE ASSY LEVER S LOAD ASSY CLUTCH BELT PULLEY SLIDER CAM

5-6

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4 VCR Deck

5-4-1 Assy Holder Cassette Removal
1) Pull the Ass'y Holder Cassette to the eject position. 2) Pull the Ass'y Holder Cassette as grasping the Ass'y Holder Cassette and Lever Lock in the same time to release hooking from Main Base until the Boss [A] of Ass'y Holder Cassette is taken out from the Rail [B]. 3) Lift the Ass'y Holder Cassette , in this time, you have to grasp the Lever Lock Continuously until the Ass'y Holder Cassette is taken out completely. Note : Be sure to insert Lever Lock in the direction of A to prevent separation and breakage of the Lever Lock at disassembling and reassembling.

5-4-2 Assy Lever Arm Removal

1) Push the hole A in the direction of arrow B use the pin.(about Dia. 2.5) 2) Pull out the Ass'y Lever Arm from the Boss of Main Base. 3) Remove the Ass'y Lever Arm in the direction of arrow C.

HOLE "A" PIN "B" "C" ASS'Y LEVER ARM

Fig. 5-12 Assy Lever Arm Removal

ASS`Y HOLDER CASSETTEE "A" LEVER LOCK BOSS [A] Fig. 5-11 Assy Holder Cassette Removal

RAIL [B]

Samsung Electronics

5-7

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-3 Lever Door Removal

1) Release the Hook and Remove the Lever Door in the direction of arrow A.

5-4-4 Slider FL Drive, Gear FL Cam Removal

1) Pull the Slider FL Drive to the front direction. 2) Remove the Slider FL Drive in the direction of arrow. (Refer to Fig. 5-13) 3) Remove the Gear FL cam . Note : When reinstalling be sure to reassemble Slider FL drive after you insert the Boss of Lever ARM-R in Groove of Slider Fl drive .

LEVER FL DOOR "B"

"A"

Assembly : Align the Gear FL Cam with the Gear worm wheel Post as shown drawing. (Refer to Timing point)

SLIDER FL DRIVE "C"

Fig. 5-13 Lever Door Removal

GEAR FL CAM SLIDER FL DRIVE

Fig. 5-14 Slider FL Drive Removal GEAR FL CAM GEAR WORM WHEEL

TIMING POINT

POST

Fig. 5-15 Gear FL Cam, Gear Worm

5-8

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-5 Gear Worm Wheel Removal

1) Remove the Gear Worm wheel .

5-4-6 Cable Flat Removal

1) Remove the Drum connecting part of Cable Flat from Connector Waffer , . CABLE FLAT

CONNECTOR WAFER

CONNECTOR WAFER

GEAR WORM WHEEL

Fig. 5-16 Gear Worm Wheel Removal Fig. 5-17 Cable Flat Removal

Samsung Electronics

5-9

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-7 Assy Motor Loading Removal

1) Remove the Screw . 2) Remove the Assy Motor Loading .

5-4-8 Bracket Gear, Gear Joint 2, 1 Removal

1) Remove the Screw . 2) Remove the Bracket Gear . 3) Remove the Gear Joint 2 . 4) Remove the Gear Joint 1 . Assembly : 1) Be sure to align dot mark of Gear Joint 1 with dot mark of Gear Joint 2 as shown Fig 5-20. (Refer to Timing point1) 2) Confirm the Timing Point 2 of the Gear Joint 2 and Slider Cam .

ASS`Y MOTOR LOADING SCREW GEAR JOINT 1

GEAR JOINT 2 SCREW BRAKET GEAR

Fig.5-18 Assy Motor Loading Removal

Fig. 5-19 Bracket Gear, Gear Joint 1,2 Removal GEAR JOINT1 GEAR JOINT2

SLIDER CAM

TIMING POINT 1

TIMING POINT 2

Fig. 5-20 Gear Joint 1,2 Assembly

5-10

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-9 Gear Loading Drive, Slider Cam, Assy Lever Load S, T Removal
1) Remove the Belt Pulley. (Refer to Fig. 5-38) 2) Remove the Gear Loading Drive after releasing Hook [A] in the direction arrow as shown in detail drawing. 3) Remove the Slider Cam . 4) Remove the Assy Lever Load S & Assy Lever Load T .

5-4-10 Gear Loading Drive, Slider Cam, Assy Lever Load S, T Assembly
1) When reinstalling, be sure to align dot of Ass'y Lever Load T with dot of Ass'y Lever Load S as shown in drawing, (Refer to Timing Point 1). 2) Insert the Pin A,B,C,D into the Slider Cam hole, 3) Be sure to align dot of Assy Lever Load T and dot of Gear Loading Drive , (Refer to Timing Point 2). 4) Aline dot of Gear Loading drive with mark of Slider Cam as shown in drawing(Refer to Timing Point 3). TIMING POINT 1 LEVER LOAD T LEVER LOAD S

HOOK(A) SLIDE CAM

GEAR LOADING DRIVE

ASS'Y LEVER LOAD T ASS'Y LEVER LOAD S

TIMING POINT 2 TIMING POINT 3

Fig. 5-21 Gear Loading Drive, Slider Cam, Assy Lever T, S Load Removal

PIN A

PIN D PIN B PIN C SLIDER CAM

Fig.5-22 Gear Loading Drive, Slider Cam, Assy Lever Load S, T Assembly

Samsung Electronics

5-11

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-11 Lever Pinch Drive, Lever Tension Drive Removal

1) Remove the Lever Pinch Drive , Lever Tension Drive . LEVER PINCH DRIVE LEVER TENSION DRIVE

5-4-12 Assy Lever Tension , Assy Band Brake Removal

1) Remove the Ass'y Lever Brake S (Refer to Fig 5-25). 2) Remove the Spring Tension Lever . 3) Rotate stopper of Main Base in the direction of arrow A. 4) Lift the Ass'y Lever Tension & Ass'y Band brake . Note : 1) When replacing the Ass'y Lever Tension , be sure to apply Grease on the post, 2) Take care not to touch stain on the felt side, and not to be folder and broken Ass'yBand brake. 3) After Ass'y Lever Tension seated, Rotate stopper of Main Base to the Mark[B].

ASS`Y BAND BRAKE ASS`Y LEVER TENTION

Fig. 5-23 Lever Pinch Drive, Lever Tension Drive Removal

SPRING TENTION LEVER STOPPER "A" MARK[B]

Fig. 5-24 Assy Lever Tension , Assy Band Brake Removal

5-12

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-13 Assy Lever Brake S, T Removal

1) Release the Hook [A] and the Hook [B], [C] in the direction of arrow as shown in Fig 5-25. 2) Lift the Ass'y Lever S, T Brake , with spring brake . Assembly : 1)Assembly the Ass'y Lever S Brake on the Main Base. 2)Assembly the Ass'y Lever T Brake with spring brake .

5-4-14 Assy Gear Idle Removal

1) Push the Lever Idle in the direction of arrow A, B. 2) Lift the Lever Idle . Assembly : 1) Apply oil in two Bosses of Lever Idle . 2) Assemble the Gear Idle with the Lever Idle . Note : When replacing the Gear Idle , be sure to add oil in the boss of Lever Idle . "A" LEVER IDLE GEAR IDLE "B" GEAR IDLE HOOK "C"

Note : Take extreme care not to be folded and transformed Spring Brake at removing or reinstalling.

HOOK(A)

SPRING BRAKE ASS'Y LEVER S BRAKE HOOK(C) HOOK(B) ASS`Y LEVER T BRAKE

Fig. 5-26 Assy Gear Idle Removal

Fig. 5-25 Assy Lever Brake S, T Removal

Samsung Electronics

5-13

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-15 Disk S, T Reel Removal

1) Lift the Disk S, T Reel , . REEL S

5-4-16 Assy Holder Clutch Removal

1) Remove the Washer Slit . 2) Lift the Assy Holder Clutch . Note : When you reinstall Ass'yHolder Clutch. 1) Check the condition of spring as shown in detail A. 2) Don't push Ass'y Holder Clutch down with excessive force Just insert Holder Clutch Ass'y into post center with dead force and Rotate it smoothly. Be sure to confirm that spring is in the slit of Ass'y Gear Center as shown in detail B. WASHER SLIT ASS`Y CLUTCH

REEL T

Fig. 5-27 Disk S, T Reel Removal

DETAIL A

DETAIL B

Fig. 5-28 Assy Holder Clutch Removal

5-14

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-17 Assy Lever Up Down, Assy Gear Center Removal

1) Remove the 2 hooks in the direction of arrow as shown Fig. 5-28 and lift the Assy Lever Up Down . 2) Lift the Assy Gear Center . Assembly : 1) Insert the Ass'y Lever Up Down in the rectangular holes on Main Base as shown in Fig 5-30. 2) Lift the Lever Ass'y Up Down about 35. (Refer to Fig 5-30) 3) Insert Ring of the Ass'y Gear Center in the Guide of the Ass'y Lever Up Down . 4) Insert the Ass'y Gear Center in the post on Main Base. 5) Push down the Ass'y Lever Up Down for locking of the Hook. Note : Be sure to confirm that Ring of the Ass'y Gear Center is in the Guide of the Ass'y Lever Up Down after finishing assembly of Ass'y Lever Up Down and Ass'y Gear Center .

5-4-18 Guide Cassette Door Removal

1) Lift the Hook [A]. 2) Rotate the Guide Cassette Door in the direction of arrow. Note : After reinstalling the Guide Cassette Door sure the Hook [A].

GUIDE CASSETTE DOOR

HOOK [A]

ASS`Y LEVER UP DOWN ASS`Y GEAR CENTER

Fig. 5-31 Guide Cassette Door Removal

Fig. 5-29 Assy Lever Up Down Removal ASS'Y GEAR CENTER GUIDE ASS'Y LEVER UP DOWN RING GEAR POST

HOOK

35 MAIN BASE

Fig. 5-30 Assy Lever Up Down Removal Samsung Electronics 5-15

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-19 Assy Lever Unit Pinch , Plate Joint, Spring Pinch Drive Removal
1) Lift the Assy Unit Pinch . 2) Remove the Plate Joint from Lever Pinch Drive. 3) Remove the Spring Pinch Drive . Note : 1) Take extreme care not to touch the grease on the Roller Pinch. 2) When reinstalling, be sure to apply grease on the post pinch roller. ASS`Y LEVER UNIT PINCH

5-4-20 Assy Lever #9 Guide Removal

1) Remove the Spring #9 Guide . 2) Lift the Assy Spring #9 Guide in the direction of arrow A. Note : 1) Take extreme care not to get grease on the tape Guide Post. 2) After reinstalling, check the bottom side of the Post #9 Guide to the top side of Main Base. "A" SPRING #9 GUIDE ASS`Y LEVER #9 GUIDE

PLATE JOINT SPRING PINCH DRIVE

"B"

Fig. 5-33 Assy Lever #9 Guide Removal

Fig. 5-32 Assy Lever Unit Pinch , Plate Joint, Spring Pinch Drive Removal

5-16

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-21 FE Head Removal

1) Remove the Screw . 2) Lift the FE Head .

5-4-22 Assy AC Head Removal

1) Pull out the FPC from connector of Assy AC Head . 2) Remove the screw . 3) Lift the Assy AC Head . SCREW

FE HEAD

ASS`Y HEAD AC

Fig. 5-34 FE Head Removal

Fig. 5-35 Assh AC Head Removal

Samsung Electronics

5-17

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-23 Assy Slider S, T Removal

1) Move the Assy Slider S, T , to slot, and then lift it to remove. (Refer to arrow) ASS`Y SLIDER S ASS`Y SLIDER T

5-4-24 Plate Ground Deck, Assy Cylinder Removal

1) Remove the 3 Screws . 2) Lift the Plate Ground Deck . 3) Lift the Assy Cylinder . Assembly : 1) Match the 3 holes in the bottom of Ass'y Cylinder to the 3 holes of Main Base as attending not to drop or knock the Ass'y Cylinder . 2) Tighten the 1 Screw . 3) Match the Plate Ground Deck to the Hole of Base Main. 4) Tighten the other 2 Screws .

Note : 1) Take care not to touch the Ass'y Cylinder and the tape guide post at reinstalling. 2) When reinstalling, Don't push down too much on Screw Driver. 3 SCREWS Fig. 5-36 Assy Slider S, T Removal PLATE GROUND DECK

ASS'Y CYLINDER

Fig. 5-37 Plate Ground Deck, Assy Cylinder Removal

5-18

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-25 Hook Capstan, Belt Pulley Removal

1) Remove the Hook Capstan after realeasing Hook in the direction arrow as shown in detail drawing. 2) Remove the Belt Pulley . Note : Take extreme care not to get grease on Belt Pulley at assembling or reassembling.

5-4-26 Assy Motor Capstan Removal

1) Remove the 3 Screws . 2) Remove the Assy Motor Capstan . Assembly : 1) Match the 3 holes of Assy Motor Capstan to the 3 holes of Main Base. Be careful not to drop or knock the Ass'y Motor Capstan . 2) Tighten the 3 Screws in the direction of arrow as shown detail drawing. Note : After tightening screws, check if there is gap between the head of screws and the top side of Main Base. There should have no gap between the head of screws and the top side of Main Base. After reinstalling, adjusting the tape transport system again.

HOOK BELT PULLEY HOOK CAPSTAN

3 SCREWS

Fig. 5-38 Belt Pulley Removal

ASS'Y MOTOR CAPSTAN

Fig. 5-39 Assy Motor Capstan Removal

Samsung Electronics

5-19

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-4-27 Assy Post #8 Guide Removal

1) Rotate the Assy Post #8 Guide in the direction of arrow to lift up.

ASS'Y POST #8 GUIDE

2) When Slider S,T are approched in the position of unloading, rotate holder Clutch counterclockwise after inserting screw driver in the hole of frame's bottom in order to wind the unwinded tape. (Refer to Fig.5-43) (If you rotate Gear Worm continuously when tape is in state of unwinding, you may cause a tape contamination by grease and tape damage. Be sure to wind the unwinded tape in the state of set horizently.) 3) Rotate Gear Worm clockwise using screw driver again up to the state of eject mode and then pick out the tape.(Refer to Fig.5-42)

FRAME

Fig. 5-40 Assy Post #8 Guide Removal Fig. 5-42

5-4-28 How to Eject the Cassette Tape (If the tape is stuck in the unit)
1) Turn the Gear worm clockwise with screw driver. (Refer to arrow) (Other method : Remove the Screw of Ass'y Motor Load , Separate the Ass'yMotor Load )

GEAR WORM

Fig.5-41

5-20

Samsung Electronics

Disassembly and Reassembly

5-5 The table of cleaning, Lubrication and replacement time about principal parts
1) The replacement time of parts is not life of parts. 2) The table 5-1 is that the VCR Set is in normal condition (normal temperature, normal humidity). The checking period may be changed owing to the condition of use, runtime and environmental conditions. 3) Life of the Cylinder Assy is depend on the condition of use. 4) See exploded view for location of each parts. <Table 5-1> * Parts Name POST TENSION SLANT POST S, T #8 GUIDE SHAFT CAPSTAN SHAFT #9 GUIDE POST #3 GUIDE POST GUIDE ROLLER S, T CYLINDER ASSY FE HEAD ACE HEAD PINCH ROLLER POST REEL S, T SLEEVE TENSION POST CENTER LEVER IDLE BOSS (2Point) CAPSTAN MOTOR PULLEY BELT PULLEY HOLDER CLUTCH ASSY GEAR CENTER ASSY GEAR IDLE (2Point) LOADING MOTOR BAND BRAKE ASSY BRAKE T ASSY Checking Period 500 1000 O O O O O O O O O 1500 O O O 2000 O O O O O O O O O O O O 2500 O O O O O 3000 O O O O O O O O O O O O O 3500 O O O O O 4000 O O O O O O O O O O O O O 4500 O O O O O 5000 O O O O O O O O O O O O O Remark - To clean the parts, use patch and alcohol (solvent). - After cleaning, use the video tape after alcohol is gone away completely. - We recommend to use oil [EP-50] or solvent. - One or two drops of oil should be applied after cleaning with alcohol. - Periodic time of applying oil (Apply oil after cleaning) - The excessive applying oil may be the cause of malfunction.

T A PE P A T H S Y S T E M

D R I V I N G
B R A K E

S Y S T E M
S Y S T E M

O O O O O O

O O O O O O O

O O O O O O O O

O O O O O O O O

: Cleaning

O : Check and replacement in necessary

: Add Oil

Samsung Electronics

5-21

Disassembly and Reassembly

MEMO

5-22

Samsung Electronics

6. Trouble Shooting
No Power Detected (stand by LED OFF)

Fuse F1S01 is OK?

No

Change fuse

Yes

D1S05~07, ZD1S01~2SHORT and OPEN are normal? Yes

No

Change short circuited or opened parts

Is there voltage at Collector of Q1S01 Yes

No

Check 2nd Voltage

Operation of Q1S01 is normal? Yes

No

Replace Q1S01

Check feedback IC1S02

Samsung Electronics

6-1

Trouble Shooting

Key Operation or Remote Control Error

Is the measurement of power with in normal value? Yes

No

Check power and front connector

XT601 14.318MHz oscillation is normal? Yes

No

Check the circuity around the clock

Check the circuity around IC601 reset? Yes

No

Check the circuity around IC601 reset

Check the soldering around IC601 good? Yes

No

Check the soldering around the IC601

Key operatious such as STOP,PLAY,OPEN are normal? Yes

No

Check the circuity around the swith. check the condition of commmunication with Main Micom (IC601,4,6,14,15,16,RRQ,SRQ,SCLK, DATA-IN,DATA-OUT) Yes

End repairs STOP,PLAY, OPEN Key operatious are normal? Yes

Change IC701

6-2

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

PLAY MODE INOPERATIVE

(VCR Section)

EE-VIDEO

No

SEE (VIDEO MISSING IN EE MODE)

Yes

INSERT THE CASETTE TAPE RECORDED BY ANOTHER VCR AND PRESS PLAY BUTTON

PLAY INDICATOR IN THE DISPLAY Yes

No

PRESS PLAY KEY IN REMOTE CONTROL Yes CHECK PLAY Button and pattern

No

CHECK IC601, XT601

MECHANISM OPERATION Yes

No

SEE (MECHANISM DOES NOT OPERATE IN PLAY MODE)

DOES NOT OPERATE OR OPERATES BUT STOP SOON No

PB-VIDEO

SEE VIDEO MISSING IN PLAY MODE

Yes

SEE (PB VIDEO) AUDIO MISSING IN PLAY MODE

Samsung Electronics

6-3

Trouble Shooting

MECHANISM DOESN'T OPERATE IN PLAY MODE

(VCR Section)

TURN VCR POWER ON

LOAD A TAPE AND PRESS PLAY BUTTON

TAPE LOADING OPERATION Yes

No

(LOAD) IC601-59:HIGH IC601-60:LOW Yes CHECK CN604 8pin 12V

No

CHECK START (S601) IC601

CYLINDER ROTATION Yes

No

CHECK CYLINDER

SW 30Hz IC601-23 Yes

No

CYL FG.PG IC601-65

6-4

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

CAPSTAN ROTATION Yes

No

SEE (CAPSTAN DOES NOT ROTATE)

(S.T REEL) IC601-1.2 PULSE

No

TAKE UP REEL SENSOR SUPPLY REEL SENSOR (PT601.PT602)

PROG.SW STATE IC601-62, 63, 64 Yes

STOP MODE

CHECK LOADING MOTOR MECHANISM OR SW603

CHANGE IC601

Samsung Electronics

6-5

Trouble Shooting

RECORD MODE DOESN'T OPERATE

(VCR Section)

PLAY OPERATION Yes

No

SEE (PLAY MODE DOESN'T OPERATE)

LOAD VCR WITH A BLANK TAPE AND PRESS RECORD BUTTON

REC MODE

No

SAFETY TAB

No

CHANGE TAPE

Yes

Yes CHANGE SW602

D-REC A (H) IC601-30 Yes

No

CHECK IC601

REC-VIDEO

No

SEE (VIDEO MISSING IN RECORD MODE)

Yes

SEE (AUDIO MISSING IN RECORD MODE)

6-6

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

FAST FORWARD DOESN'T OPERATE

(VCR Section)

LOAD TAPE AND PRESS F.FWD BUTTON

F.FWD INDICATOR IN THE DISPLAY Yes

No

PRESS FF KEY IN REMOTE CONTROL Yes

No

CHANGE IC601, XT601

CHECK TIMER

CHECK CN604 2pin 15V? 4pin 5V? 5.9pin 3.2V? Yes

No

CHECK POWER BLOCK

CHECK CN604 5.9pin 3.2V Yes

No

CHECK IC601

IC601 68pin FG pulse Yes

No

CHECK CAPSTAN MOTOR

CHECK MECHANISM

Samsung Electronics

6-7

Trouble Shooting

FWD SEARCH DOESN'T OPERATE

(VCR Section)

PLAY OPERATION Yes

No

SEE (PLAY DOESN'T OPERATE)

PRESS F.FWD FOR FORWARD SEARCH

IS CAPSTAN SPEED CHANGED? Yes

No

CHANGE DECK

SEARCH OPERATION Yes

No

CHANGE IC601

END

NOISE BAR LOCKING Yes

No

(CONTROL PULSE) IC601-76 Yes

No

ADJUST A/CE HEAD

CHECK IC601

CHECK CAPSTAN MOTOR

6-8

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

CASSETTE LOADING MECHANISM DOES NOT OPERATE

(VCR Section)

TURN THE VCR POWER ON AND INSERT A TAPE

TAPE DETECTED

No

CST IN MODE IC601-87:HIGH(5V) Yes

No

CHECK START SENSOR (S601) IC601

Yes

PRESS EJECT BUTTON

CN604 8pin 12V?

No

CHECK DM B+ LINE

Yes

IC610-59:HIGH(5V) IC610-58:LOW(0V) Yes

No

CHANGE IC610

IC601-59:LOW(0V) IC601-58:HIGH(5V) Yes

No

CHECK CASSETT LOADING MECHANISM

CHANGE IC601

Samsung Electronics

6-9

Trouble Shooting

VIDEO MISSING IN EE MODE

(VCR Section)

PLACE VCR IN STOP MODE

LINE 2 INPUT

IC301-26 VIDEO OUT Yes

No

IC301-53,54 VIDEO DATA/ CLOCK Yes CHANGE IC301

No

CHECK IC601

IC601-49, 50 VIDEO IN Yes

No

IC601-50 SYNC IN Yes CHECK OSD PICTURE

No

CHECK R638, C626, C622

Q801-E VIDEO OUT Yes

No

CHECK IC801, Q801

CHECK LINE OUT and C832, R806, R812

6-10

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

VIDEO MISSING IN RECORD MODE

(VCR Section)

IC301-21pin VIDEO signal out? Yes

No

E-E mode and IC301-26pin CHECK VIDEO signal out

IC301-22pin VIDEO signal out? Yes

No

CHECK C305

IC301-14pin CHECK REC FM signal? Yes

No

CHECK IC301-23pin Power 5Vp-p

Operation of Q1S01 is normal? Yes

No

CHECK IC301-68pin Power 5Vp-p and R320

IC301-73pin (SP) IC301-66pin (SLP) CHECK REC FM signal? Yes

No

CHECK drum wafen and VIDEO head

NO DEFECT RECORD MODE

Samsung Electronics

6-11

Trouble Shooting

VIDEO MISSING IN PLAY MODE

(VCR Section)

VIDEO EE MODE OPERATION Yes

No

SEE PAGE 6-6 (VIDEO MISSING IN EE MODE)

PLACE THE VCR PLAY MODE

VIDEO FM IC301-14 Yes

No

H'D SW IC301-57 Yes

No

CHECK IC601-23

CHECK VIDEO HEAD VIDEO IC301-22 Yes No CHECK C305 CHECK VIDEO OUT LINE

VIDEO IC301-26 No

Yes

VIDEO IC601-49, 47 No

Yes

VIDEO IC801-2 No

Yes

CHANGE IC301

CHECK IC601

CHECK IC801

6-12

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

COLOR MISSING IN RECORD MODE

(VCR Section)

NOTE: XT301 - Always (3.579545MHz)

(VIDEO IN) RECORD MODE Yes

No

SEE PAGE 6-6 (VIDEO MISSING IN RECORD MODE)

COLOR signal IC301-46 Yes

No

CHECK XT301

No

CHANGE XT301

Yes

CHANGE IC301

COLOR KILLER IC301 "60"(2V) Yes

No

CHECK THE REC LINE

CHANGE IC301

Samsung Electronics

6-13

Trouble Shooting

COLOR MISSING IN PLAY MODE

(VCR Section)

NOTE: XT301 - Always (3.579545MHz)

FM-ENV IC301-14 Yes

No

SEE PAGE 6-7 (VIDEO MISSING IN PLAY MODE)

COLOR-MONITOR IC301-46 Yes

No

COLOR-KILLER IC301-"6"(2V) No

Yes

SW 30HZ IC301-57 Yes CHECK IC301-26 CHECK IC301-48, 51 XT301 Yes

No

CHECK IC601

CHANGE IC301

6-14

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

OSD PICTURE MISSING

(VCR Section)

CHECK IC601-37, 38pin 14.318MHz signal out Yes

No

CHECK C618,C619

CHECK IC601-52,53pin AFC signal out Yes

No CHECK C626, R639

CHANGE IC601

Samsung Electronics

6-15

Trouble Shooting

BLUE MISSING IN STOP MODE

(VCR Section)

SELECT LINE MODE WITHOUT INPUT SIGNAL

CHECK IC601-37, 38pin 14.318MHz out Yes

No

CHECK C618, C619

CHECK IC601-52, 53pin AFC signal Yes

No

CHECK C626, R639

CHECK IC601-50pin SYNK signal Yes

No

CHECK C622, R638

CHANGE IC601

6-16

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

AUDIO MISSING IN EE MODE

(VCR Section)

VCR STOP MODE

INPUT CHOICE MODE TUNER

L1/L2

IC801-44, 46, 56, 58pin Audio signal input Yes

No

CHECK C819, C820, C825, C826

CHECK C4M28

No

IC4M01-57pin AUDIO SIGNAL INPUT Yes

CHECK IC601

No

CHECK CLK, DATA IC4M01-37, 38pin Yes

IC4M01-78, 80 pin AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

IC4M01-51 pin 3.58Mhz Yes

No

CHECK C4M47

CHECK C4M43,C4M44, R4M16, R4M17

No

IC801-48, 60 pin AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

Change IC4M01

CHECK C836, C837,R819, R820,R813, R814

Samsung Electronics

6-17

Trouble Shooting

AUDIO MISSING IN REC MODE

(VCR Section)

CHECK AUDIO MISSING IN EE MODE

MISSING AUDIO

MONO

MONO

Yes

IC501-9, 71 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

CHECK R523, R524, R525, R511

IC501-37, 38 CLK, DATA Yes

No

CHECK R509, R510

IC501-78, 80 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

CHANGE IC501

IC501-26 AUDIO FM Yes

No

CHECK C511, R506 CHANGE IC501

CHECK CYLINDER

6-18

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

MONO

CHECK AUDIO MISSING IN PB MODE Yes

No

CHECK PB MODE

IC301-76 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

IC501-4 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes CHANGE IC501

No

CHECK C336, R322, R348

IC301-10 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

CHECK IC301-58 AND CHANGE IC301

IC301-9 AUDIO FM SIGNAL Yes

No

CHANGE IC301

IC301-7 MIX SIGNAL (AUDIO+70KHz) Yes

No

CHECK R331, C353

No

IC301-53, 54, 55 CHECK (CLOCK, DATA)

Q305 OSCILLATION Yes

No

CHECK Q304, Q305, C354

CHECK A/CE HEAD

Samsung Electronics

6-19

Trouble Shooting

AUDIO MISSING IN PB MODE

(VCR Section)

CHECK "AUDIO MISSING IN EE MODE"

PLACE THE VCR IN PB MODE

MONO

AUDIO SELECT

HIFI

IC501-24, 27 AUDIO FM(MIXED) Yes

No

CHECK IC501-29(A.H D SW) CHANGE CYLINDER OR IC501

CHANGE IC501

IC301-3 AUDIO SIGNAL Yes

No

CHECK ACE HEAD C353, C348, R332 AND CHANGE IC301

CHECK C349, R333 or CHANG IC301

6-20

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

NO SERVO LOCK

(VCR Section)

PLAY

IC601-68 C-FG Yes

No

CHECK CN604-1

IC601-76 CTL PULSE Yes

No

CHECK CTL PULSE AC LEVEL (SP. SLP:OVER 1Vp-p) Yes

No

CHECK A/CE HEAD

CHANGE IC601

Samsung Electronics

6-21

Trouble Shooting

CAPSTAN DOES NOT ROTATE

(VCR Section)

CN604-2 15V Yes

No

CHECK B+ IN THE POWER BLOCK

CN604-3 AL 5V Yes

No

CHECK 5V AT AL5V LINE IN THE POWER BLOCK

PLACE THE VCR IN PLAY MODE

CN604-9 3.2V Yes

No

IC601-35 OUTPUT(PWM) Yes CHECK R607

No

CHANGE IC601

CN604-5 2.6V Yes

No

CN601-33 OUTPUT(PWM) Yes

No

CHECK IC601

CHECK CAPSTAN MOTOR

CHECK CAPSTAN MOTOR

6-22

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

DRUM DOES NOT ROTATE

(VCR Section)

CN604-6 12V Yes

No

CHECK 12V AT PC12V LINE IN THE POWER BLOCK

CN604-3 5V Yes

No

CHECK 5V LINE

CN604-12 2.5V Yes

No CN601-34 PWM OUT

No

CHANGE IC601

Yes

CHECK CYLINDER MOTOR

CHECK R631, R617, R618, C609, C610

Samsung Electronics

6-23

Trouble Shooting

There's no Digital Audio Out

Check Current Digital Audio Setting is PCM.

No

Check the A/V Receiver can Decode Current Bit-Steam Yes

No

Set audio setting to Bitstream in customer menu.

Yes

ChecK Digital Audio data at pin 2 of CN4 (MAIN PCB) Yes

No Replace Main PCB

No Check 5V DOIC2 Replace AVJ5 AUDIO DATA Yes

Check the Cable

6-24

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

CVBS (Video) output error

PIN 10 of CN5 of Jack PCB or CN2 of Main PCB has 1V pk-pk level? Yes

No

Check the DIC1 on MAIN PCB

Analog signals are Inputted normally VIC1[pin4] Yes

No

Check the connection between 10Pin in CN3 Of JACK PCB and VIC1

Power is Normal(5v) at VIC1[pin1]? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1[pin1] and Power line (Pin1 of IC1P07)

Pin5 in VIC1 is In high state? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1(PIN1) and Power line(Pin1 of IC1P07)

Video signal of About P-P1V appears at Output Jack? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1 and output jack. CVBS(Color-bar)

Check the RCA Cable

Samsung Electronics

6-25

Trouble Shooting

S-Video output error

Pin10 and Pin8 in CN5 of Jack PCB or CON2 of Main PCB has normal level? Yes

No

Check the DIC1 on MAIN PCB

Analog signals are Inputted normally VIC1(pin4,2) Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin10 and Pin8 in CN5 of JACK PCB and VIC1

Power is Normal(5v) at VIC1(pin1)? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1[pin1] and Power line (Pin1 of IC1P07)

Pin5 in VIC1 is In high state? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1(PIN1) and Power line (Pin1 of IC1P07)

# Nomal level : pin 10 is 1Vpk-pk pin 8 is 0.28V on color burst No Check the connection between VIC1 and output jack. C(Color-bar)

Video signal of About P-P1V appears at Output Jack? Yes

Y(Color-bar)

Check the RCA cable

6-26

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

AV2 CVBS Video Input Error

Pin 6 In IC801 Has about p-p 1V level? Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin 6 in IC801 and AV2 Pin-Jack

Pin 21 In IC801 Has about p-p 1V signal? Yes

No

Check Pin 7,62 in IC801of input power(5V) and Check Pin 43, 55 in IC801 of Input Power (9V). VIC1 of Main PCB Clock

VIC1 of Main PCB DATA

Samsung Electronics

6-27

Trouble Shooting

AV1 CVBS Video Input Error

Pin 4 In IC801 Has about p-p 1V level? Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin 4 in IC801 and AV1 Pin-Jack

Pin 21 In IC801 Has about p-p 1V signal? Yes B

No

Check Pin 7,62 in IC801 of input power(5V) and Check Pin 43,55 in IC801 of Input power (9V)

Pin80 in VIC1 of Main PCB has about p-p 1V level? Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin 80 in VIC1 of Main PCB and Pin 21 in IC801

Pin40 and pin 54~43 in VIC1 of Main PCB has Clock and Digital Video Signal normal form ? Yes Change Main PCB

No

Check VIC1 of Main PCB peripheral circuit CVBS(Color -bar)

6-28

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

AV1 S-Video Video Input Error

Pin 36 and 42 in VIC1 of Main PCB has normal level? Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin 36 and 42 in VIC1 of Main PCB and S-Video Input Jack. # Nomal level : pin 35 is 1Vpk-pk pin 42 is 0.28V on color burst No

Pin40 and pin 54~43 in VIC1 of Main PCB has Clock and Digital Video Signal normal form ? Yes

Check VIC1 of Main PCB peripheral circuit.

VIC1 of Main PCB Clock

Change Main PCB

VIC1 of Main PCB DATA

Samsung Electronics

6-29

Trouble Shooting

Component output error

Pin2/4/6 in CN3 of Jack PCB or CN2 of Main PCB has normal level? Yes

No

Check the DIC1 on MAIN PCB.

Analog signals are Inputted normally VIC1(pin6/8/9) Yes

No

Check the connection between Pin2/4/6 in CN5 Of JACK PCB and VIC1(pin6/8/9)

Power is Normal(5v) at VIC1(pin1)? Yes

No

Check Pin 7,62 in IC801 of input power(5V) and Check Pin 43,55 in IC801 of Input power (9V)

Pin5 in VIC1 is In high state? Yes

No

Check Pin 7,62 in IC801 of input power(5V) and Check Pin 43,55 in IC801 of Input power (9V)

Video signal of About 1V pk-pk appears at Output Jack? Yes

No

Check the connection between VIC1 and output jack. # Nomal level : pin 6 is 1Vpk-pk pin 2/4 is + 0.35V Pb(Color-bar) Pr(Color-bar)

Check the RCA cable Y(Color-bar)

6-30

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

There is no Audio Output

Check the audio signla R820 and R819 of JK801 peripheral circuit or AR24 and AR30 of JACK1 peripheral circuit. (JACK PCB) Yes

No

Check the Low state pin13 or 22 of the Front Micom IC601(JACL PCB)

Check all the 5V pin8 of AIC1 (MAIN PCB) Yes

No

Check SMPS

Check the audio signal pin7 pin8 of AIC1 (MAIN PCB) Yes

No

Replace Main PCB

Check digital clock and data pin1, 2, 3, 16 of AIC1 (MAIN PCB) Yes Check the passive parts arond Jack pin.

No

Replace MAIN PCB AUDIO DATA

Samsung Electronics

6-31

Trouble Shooting

EDS is abnormal

Tuner input line signal is OK? Yes

No

Tuner line connect TV directly.

IIC line (SCL,SDA) from front micom is OK? Yes

No

Check the IIC line

Does XT601 make 14.31 Mhz signal? (jack PCB) Yes Check XT601 or around elements

No

Check XT601 or around elements

6-32

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

Disc Ioading error

Are Main and deck power OK? (5v, 12v) Yes

No

Check he power

Is the 40pin FFC cable(betweenmain & deck) inserted correctly? Yes

No Reinsert FFC cable correctly

Is the wavefrom of DIC3 pin26 normal? (MAIN PCB) Yes

No Change the Main board DIC3-Pin26

Change the deck

Samsung Electronics

6-33

Trouble Shooting

Tuner Video Out Abnormal

Tuner input line signal(pin16) is OK? (Jack PCB) Yes

No

Connect tuner line to TV directly

Supplied power (Pin 3 : 5V pin 14 : 33V) for tuner is OK? Yes

No

Pin 3 : 5V pin 14 : 33V check its line (jack PCB)

Video signal of TE14 is OK? (jack PCB) Yes

No

Check IC203 or its around elements (jack PCB) Tuner Video

Refer to video line in abnormal

6-34

Samsung Electronics

Trouble Shooting

Tuner Audio Out Abnormal

No Tuner line signal is OK?

Connect tuner line to TV directly

Yes

Supplied power IC604(Jack PCB) is OK? (Pin 5 : about 5V) Yes

No

Check its power line or around elements

4.5MHz signal from pin 14 of tuner is OK? Yes

No

Check the SIF signal or tuner

Does Q303 Pin 1 make 3.58MHz signal? (Jack PCB) Yes If 3.58MHz is normal, refer to audio line in abnomal

No

Check IC301 Pin 50 around elements

Tuner Audio

Samsung Electronics

6-35

Trouble Shooting

Remocon Error

RM701 (Pin 2) signal is OK?

No

Check the power(pin2) line orchange RM701.

Yes

IC601(pin5) signal is OK? (Jack PCB) Yes Change IC601 or around elements

No

Check the signal line or around elements.

6-36

Samsung Electronics

7. Exploded View and Parts List

7-1 Cabinet Assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-2 7-2 VCR Mechanical Parts (Top Side) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-4 7-3 VCR Mechanical Parts (Bottom Side)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-6

Samsung Electronics

7-1

7-2 W202 W001 P002 P025 P016

(3 x 6 W)

CBC MODEL DVD-VR357 ONLY

W001

Exploded View and Parts List

W202

W275

7-1 Cabinet Assembly

W001

BRACKET-FRAME (S.N.A.) W001 C015 W009

GROUND A/V SIDE P022 P005

W202 W252 A001

ASSY FRAME (S.N.A)

DVD DECK C002 C022 C011 C003

FULL DECK (S.N.A.)

P007 W009

C001 C012

Samsung Electronics

Exploded View and Parts List

Loc. No A001 C001 C002 C003 C011 C012 C015 C022 P002 P005 P007 P022 P025 W001 W009 W202 W252 W275

Parts No. AK59-00062G AK97-01893K AK64-01961B AK64-01960C AK64-00334A AC61-62032A AK64-01469A AK64-01973A AK92-01451A AK92-01298A AK92-01299A AK92-01450A 3903-000230 6003-000275 6003-000276 6003-000277 AC60-12126A 6003-001561

Description ; Specification REMOCON-ASSY;DVD-VR355/XAC,SEC,217 ASSY-PANEL FRONT;HIPS94,DVD-VR350/ DOOR-TRAY;DVD-VR350/XAC,ABS94HB,T2 DOOR-CASSETTE;SV-CR6700,ABS94HB,T2 DOOR-SPRING;DVD-V3500,SWPB,,,,-,, SPRING ETC-MASK;SV-C130,SUS,4.4,-, CABINET-TOP;DVD-VR330,TEXTURE,T0.5 DOOR-FRONT;DVD-VR357,ABS 94 HB,T2. ASSY PCB-MAIN DVD;DVD-VR350/XAC,TS ASSY PCB-FUNCTION;DVD-VR357/XAA,Ne ASSY PCB-KEY;DVD-VR357/XAA,Nexus, ASSY PCB-JACK;DVD-VR350/XAX,TSEC CBF-POWER CORD;AT,MX,EP2/N,HOUSING SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L10,ZPC( SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L10,ZPC( SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L12,ZPC( SCREW-MACHINE;TH,+,-,M4,L12,ZPC(WH SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L6,ZPC(W

Qty S.N.A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 4 8 4 5 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SC SA

Remark

Samsung Electronics

7-3

Exploded View and Parts List

7-2 VCR Mechanical Parts (Top Side)

T001

T072 T073 T074 T013 T009 T015 T008 W016 T010 T025 T023 T024 T057 T006 T071 T007

T003 T019 T021 T026 T027 T075 T022 T028 T011 W015 T020 T002 T028 W201 T004 T005 T029

7-4

Samsung Electronics

Exploded View and Parts List

Loc. No T001 T002 T003 T004 T005 T006 T007 T008 T009 T010 T011 T013 T015 T019 T020 T021 T022 T023 T024 T025 T026 T027 T028 T029 T057 T071 T072 T073 T074 T075 W015 W016 W201

Parts No. AC97-02640A AC61-00391A AC31-00018A AC66-00101A AC66-00102A AC61-00105A AC61-00390A AC97-02570A AC97-02556A AC97-02625A AC66-00094A AC33-00018A AC97-02620A AC66-00124A AC66-00123A AC66-00115A AC66-00114A AC97-02562A AC61-00107A AC97-02560A AC97-02567A AC97-02568A AC61-00106A AC66-00104A AC61-00386A AC61-00388A AC97-02622A AC61-00397A AC97-02564A AC66-00108A 6006-001092 6006-001154 6001-001711

Description ; Specification ASSY-CYLINDER;-,6N,CX13A-DAESUNG,N PLATE-GROUND DECK;X-13,SPTE,T0.3,MOTOR-LOADING ASSY;-,SCORPIO2(TS-10A),-, GEAR-WORM WHEEL;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQ GEAR-FL CAM;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQU),SPRING ETC-PINCH DRIVE;TS-10,SUS30 PLATE-JOINT;X-13,SECC 20/20,T0.8,ASSY-SLIDER SUPPLY;(PPS),X-13,ASSY-SLIDER TAKE UP;-,X-13,ASSY-HEAD A/C;-,X-13A,LEVER-9 GUIDE;X-13,PPS,-,-,-,-,BRO HEAD-FULL ERASE;-,-,X-13,-,ASSY-UNIT PINCH;-,X-13A,REEL-S;X-13,POM,-,BLK,2.5,-,27,REEL-T;X-13,POM,-,BLK,2.5,-,36.5,LEVER-IDLE;X-13,POM,T15,W38,L25,-, GEAR-IDLE;X-13,PET,0.5,54,27,NAT,2 ASSY-LEVER TENSION;-,X-13,SPRING ETC-TENSION LEVER;TS-10,SUS ASSY-BAND BRAKE;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER BRAKE S;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER BRAKE T;-,X-13,SPRING ETC-BRAKE;TS-10,SUS304-WPB, SLIDER-FL DRIVE;X-13,SECC,T1.0,W15 SLEEVE-TENSION;X-13,-,-,2.5,-,-,-, GUIDE-CASS DOOR;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQ ASSY-HOLDER CASSETTE;SECC+POM+SUS, SPRING ETC-LOCK;X-13,SWP-B,0.25,2. ASSY-LEVER ARM;-,X-13,LEVER-DOOR;X-13,POM,-,W30,L75,-,NA SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,WS,M3.0,L6.0,ZP SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,WSP,B,M2.6,L5.6 SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,-,M3,L3.3,ZPC(W

Qty S.N.A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Remark

Samsung Electronics

7-5

Exploded View and Parts List

7-3 VCR Mechanical Parts (Bottom Side)

T046

W018 T036 T034 T037 T035 T044 T043 T042 T041 T038 T039

T049 T076

T050 T048

T040

W019

7-6

Samsung Electronics

Exploded View and Parts List

Loc. No T034 T035 T036 T037 T038 T039 T040 T041 T042 T043 T044 T046 T048 T049 T050 T076 W018 W019

Parts No. AC66-00103A AC66-00077A AC61-00389A AC66-00092A AC66-00099A AC70-00003A AC66-00100A AC66-00078A AC97-02557A AC97-02558A 3101-001427 AC66-60051A AC97-02566A AC60-30306A AC66-00111A AC97-02569A 6003-001450 6003-000108

Description ; Specification GEAR-JOINT 1;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQU), GEAR-JOINT 2;X-11,POM(K300),-,-,-, BRACKET-GEAR;X-13,SECC 20/20,T0.8, SLIDER-CAM;X-13,SECC 20/20,T1.2,-, LEVER-PINCH DRIVE;X-13,SECC 20/20, HOOK-CAPSTAN;-,-,L10,W10,H10,POM(M LEVER-TENSION DRIVE;X-13,SECC 20/2 GEAR-LOADING DRIVE;X-11,POM(K300), ASSY-LEVER LOADING S;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER LOADING T;-,X-13,MOTOR-CAPSTAN;0rpm,0g.cm,12V,90mA BELT-PULLEY;-,5CM-70,2 * 2,-,71.3, ASSY-GEAR CENTER;-,X-13,FASTENER-WASHER SLIT;-,-,ID2.1,OD5 LEVER-UP DOWN;X-13,POM,T15,E25,L55 ASSY-CLUTCH;-,X-13,SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,-,S,M2.6,L5,ZPC SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M2.6,L6,ZPC(Y

Qty S.N.A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Remark

Samsung Electronics

7-7

Exploded View and Parts List

MEMO

7-8

Samsung Electronics

8. Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No P002 AC1 AC18 AE1 AE2 AIC1 AL1 CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4 CE1 CE3 CEQ1 CEQ2 CER28 CER36 CN5 CON1 CON2 CR1 CR10 CR11 CR2 CR3 CR4 DC1 DC15 DC16 DC17 DC18 DC2 DC20 DC22 DC23 DC24 DC25 DC26 DC27 DC3 DC4 DC50 DC51 DC52 DC53 DC54 DC56 DC57 DC58 DC59 DC6 DC60 AK92-01451A 2203-005061 2203-005061 2402-001096 2402-000204 1002-001395 3301-001419 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2402-001248 2402-001248 0501-000341 0505-000110 2007-000148 2007-000070 3708-001935 3710-002445 3710-002075 2007-001323 2007-000140 2007-000140 2007-000138 2007-001320 2007-001325 2203-000386 2203-005138 2203-005138 2203-005138 2203-005138 2203-000330 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005481 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 Description ; Specification ASSY PCB-MAIN DVD;DVD-VR350/XAC,TS C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.6X6 C-AL,SMD;10UF,20%,16V,WT,TP,4.3X4. IC-D/A CONVERTER;PCM1753,24Bit,SSO BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m FET-SILICON;2N7002,N,60V,115mA,7.5 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;40P,0.5mm,SM SOCKET-BOARD TO BOARD;16P,2R,2mm,S SOCKET-BOARD TO BOARD;30P,2R,2MM,S R-CHIP;3KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.015nF,5%,50V,C0G,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1.8nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1.8nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1.8nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1.8nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.012nF,5%,50V,C0G,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,10V,X7R,TP,100 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA Loc.No Part No DC61 DC62 DC63 DC64 DC65 DC66 DC67 DC68 DC69 DC7 DC70 DC71 DC72 DC73 DC74 DC75 DC76 DC77 DC78 DC79 DC8 DC80 DC81 DC82 DC83 DC84 DC85 DC86 DC89 DC90 DC91 DC92 DC93 DC94 DC95 DC96 DC97 DE2 DE5 DE7 DE8 DIC1 DIC2 DIC3 DIC5 DIC7 DIC8 DR1 DR2 DR3 DR30 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-000311 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2402-000007 2402-001248 2402-001248 2402-001248 1205-002844 1105-001563 1107-001242 1103-001134 0801-002701 0801-002166 2007-000174 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000143 Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.12nF,5%,50V,C0G,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;22uF,20%,6.3V,GP,TP,4.3x4 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 IC-CODEC;S5L3210,LQFP,256P,28x28mm IC-DRAM;HYB25D256160CE-6,16Mx16Bit IC-FLASH MEMORY;39VF160,1Mx16,TSOP IC-EEPROM;24C040,512x8,SOP,8P,5.13 IC-CMOS LOGIC;74VHCT125A,BUFFER,TS IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SHU04,INVERTER,SSOP R-CHIP;47ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-1

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No DR32 DR35 DR36 DR37 DR38 DR39 DR40 DR41 DR42 DR43 DR44 DR47 DR48 DR49 DR5 DR50 DR51 DR52 DR55 DR6 DR63 DR69 DR70 DR71 DR72 DR74 DR75 DR76 DR8 DR80 DR82 DR83 DR85 DR86 DR87 DR88 DR89 DR9 DR90 DR91 DR92 DR93 DRP1 DRP10 DRP11 DRP12 DRP13 DRP14 DRP15 DRP16 DRP17 DRP18 2007-000143 2007-000140 2007-000982 2007-000932 2007-000171 2007-000162 2007-000143 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-001298 2007-001298 2007-001298 2007-001298 2007-000148 2007-000143 2007-001292 2007-000070 2007-001323 2007-000138 2007-000143 2007-001292 3301-001309 3301-001309 2007-000174 2007-000174 2007-000173 2007-000173 2007-000173 2007-000170 2007-000140 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000171 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000171 2007-000033 2011-001474 2011-001474 2011-001261 2011-001261 2011-001261 2011-001261 2011-001478 2011-001478 2011-001478 2011-001478

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;5.6Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;470OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;51ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;51ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;51ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;51ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;47ohm,1608,TP,-,BEAD-SMD;47ohm,1608,TP,-,R-CHIP;47ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;47ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No DRP21 2011-001478 DRP22 2011-001478 DRP23 DRP24 DRP25 DRP26 DRP27 DRP28 DRP29 DRP3 DRP4 DRP5 DRP6 DRP7 DRP9 RIC1 RIC2 TC1 TC16 TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6 TC7 TC8 TC9 TE1 TE2 TIC1 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR19 TR2 TR20 TR21 TR22 TR24 TR25 TR26 TR27 TR28 TR29 TR3 TR30 TR31 TR32 TR33 2011-001478 2011-001261 2011-001261 2011-001396 2011-001396 2011-001396 2011-001396 2011-001474 2011-001474 2011-001474 2011-001474 2011-001474 2011-001474 1203-003996 1203-003806 2203-000552 2203-000278 2203-000552 2203-005061 2203-005642 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2402-001238 2402-001059 1205-001988 2007-000140 2007-000140 2007-000140 2007-000148 2007-000140 2007-000140 2007-000148 2007-000145 2007-002970 2007-000148 2007-002970 2007-002970 2007-002970 2007-000144 3301-001419 2007-000140 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 2007-001292 3301-001419 2007-000170 2007-000073 3301-001419

Description ; Specification R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;51ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;4.7KOHM,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,T R-NET;4.7KOHM,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,T R-NET;4.7KOHM,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,T R-NET;4.7KOHM,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,T R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P R-NETWORK;47ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;KIA78R025F,DPAK IC-POSI.ADJUST REG.;KIA78R000,DPAK C-CER,CHIP;0.02nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.01nF,0.5pF,50V,C0G,10 C-CER,CHIP;0.02nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;1uF,20%,50V,HR,TP,4.3x4.3 C-AL,SMD;220##F,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6x6. IC-DATA COMM./GEN.;TSB41AB1-PAP,QF R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;6.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;5.1KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;91ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

DRP19 2011-001478 DRP2 2011-001474 DRP20 2011-001478

8-2

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No TR4 TR9 TY1 V29 VC1 VC11 VC12 VC13 VC15 VC16 VC17 VC18 VC2 VC20 VC21 VC22 VC23 VC24 VC25 VC26 VC27 VC28 VC5 VC6 VC7 VC8 VC9 VE3 VE4 VIC1 VL1 VR14 VR15 VR16 VR2 VR23 VR25 VRP3 VRP4 Y1 2007-001292 2007-000140 2801-004021 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-000278 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2402-001059 2402-001248 1204-002419 2703-000398 3301-000314 2007-000137 2007-000137 2007-001292 2007-000138 2007-000171 2011-001344 2011-001344 2801-004621

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 CRYSTAL-SMD;24.576MHz,20ppm,28-AAN C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.01nF,0.5pF,50V,C0G,10 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;220##F,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6x6. C-AL,SMD;220UF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6X6.6 IC-VIDEO DECODER;TW9906,TQFP,80P,1 INDUCTOR-SMD;10uH,10%,3225 BEAD-SMD;120ohm,1.6x0.8x0.8mm,-,-, R-CHIP;2KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;2KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;100ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP R-NET;100ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP CRYSTAL-SMD;27MHz,15ppm,-,14pF,30o

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No SW713 3404-001261 SW714 3404-001182 SW715 3404-001182

Description ; Specification SWITCH-TACT;15V DC,20mA,100gf,7.4X SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 SA SA SA

P007 CN702 FL238 LD702 P025 SW701 SW702 SW703 SW704 SW707 SW708 SW709 SW710 SW711

AK92-01299A 3708-001803 3809-001444 0601-001587 3903-000230 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182 3404-001182

ASSY PCB-KEY;DVD-VR357/XAA,Nexus, CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;10P,1.25MM,A CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,90MM,10P,1.25MM LED;ROUND,RED,3.1mm,635nm,3.8x5.2m CBF-POWER CORD;AT,MX,EP2/N,HOUSING SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6 SWITCH-TACT;DC12V,50MA,100GF,6.0X6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

P022 AC14 AC21 AC22 AC23 AC24 AC25 AC26 AC27 AC816 AC818 AC9 AC915 AC917 AD1 AD2 AD5 AE1 AE11 AE12 AE13 AE14 AE5 AIC4 AQ1 AQ2 AQ3 AQ4 AQ5 AQ6 AR17 AR18 AR22

AK92-01450A 2203-001607 2203-000357 2203-005148 2203-000125 2203-005148 2203-000357 2203-000125 2203-005148 2203-001052 2203-001052 2203-001607 2401-000408 2401-000414 0407-000114 0407-000114 0407-000114 2401-000922 2401-000922 2401-002165 2401-000909 2401-001492 2401-000909 1201-000163 0504-000128 0504-000156 0501-000341 0504-000128 0504-000156 0501-000341 2007-000078 2001-000515 2007-000090

ASSY PCB-JACK;DVD-VR350/XAX,TSEC C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.15nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,16 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.15nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,16 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.56nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.56nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 DIODE-ARRAY;-,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;-,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;-,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTC-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,5 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,5 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,173MIL,DUAL, TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT TR-DIGITAL;KSR2103,PNP,200MW,22K/2 TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT TR-DIGITAL;KSR2103,PNP,200MW,22K/2 TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

P005 C843 C844 CN7 CNR20 CON2 FL218 JK701 LD61A LD701 R854 R855 R856

AK92-01298A 2202-000231 2202-000231 3722-002118 2001-000734 3708-000208 3809-001100 3722-001943 AK61-00418A 0601-001928 2001-000660 2001-000660 2001-000969

ASSY PCB-FUNCTION;DVD-VR357/XAA,Ne C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.33NF,10%,50V C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.33NF,10%,50V JACK-IEEE1394;4P,NI,BLK,ANGLE,IEEE R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;20P,1.25MM,S CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,50mm,20P,1.25mm JACK-PIN;3P,8.3PI,NI,BLK,HOLDER-LED;DVD-HD850/XAA,ABS 94HB, LED;ROUND,BLUE,3mm,465nm,3.6x3.8mm R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-3

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No AR23 AR24 AR28 AR29 AR30 AR31 AR32 AR33 AR34 AR41 AR42 AR43 AR44 AR45 AR46 AR47 AR48 AR49 AR50 AR801 AR802 AR805 AR807 C1P103 C1P104 C1P105 C1P108 C1P109 C1P110 C1P123 C1P126 C1P127 C1S01 C1S02 C1S03 C1S04 C1S05 C1S06 C1S07 C1S08 C1S09 C1S10 C1S11 C1S12 C1S30 C1S31 C1S32 C1S33 C1S34 C1S37 C1S38 C1S39 C301 C302 C303 2007-000075 2001-000515 2007-000090 2007-000075 2001-000515 2007-000078 2007-000075 2007-000118 2001-000005 2007-000090 2007-000091 2007-000092 2007-000102 2007-000102 2007-000090 2007-000091 2007-000092 2007-000102 2007-000102 2007-000078 2007-000078 2007-000123 2001-000241 2401-002144 2401-002165 2401-002144 2401-000302 2401-002144 2401-002165 2401-002095 2401-000426 2401-002144 2401-003903 2201-002044 2201-002044 2301-001792 2301-001711 2201-000987 2201-000129 2305-001029 2401-002438 2401-002608 2401-000598 2301-000383 2401-003059 2401-003390 2401-000385 2401-001126 2401-001126 2401-001479 2401-001479 2301-000129 2203-005065 2203-006243 2203-005065

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;390ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;390ohm,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.5Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1.5KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-AL;47uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x5,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,5 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;82uF,20%,400V,-,BK,22x25mm,10 C-CERAMIC,DISC;0.1NF,10%,400V,Y5P, C-CERAMIC,DISC;0.1NF,10%,400V,Y5P, C-FILM,LEAD;150nF,20%,275V,BK,17.5 C-FILM,LEAD;220nF,##20%,275V,BK,17 C-CERAMIC,DISC;2.2NF,20%,400V,Y5U, C-CERAMIC,DISC;0.1nF,10%,1000V,Y5P C-FILM,LEAD-PEF;10nF,10%,630V,TP,1 C-AL;47##F,20%,50V,WT,TP,6.3x11,5m C-AL;33uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-FILM,LEAD-PEF;10nF,5%,50V,TP,6x7 C-AL;1000UF,20%,16V,WT,TP,10X16,5 C-AL;2200uF,20%,16V,LZ,TP,13x31.5, C-AL;10uF,20%,100V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5 C-AL;330uF,20%,25V,WT,TP,10x12.5,5 C-AL;330uF,20%,25V,WT,TP,10x12.5,5 C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-FILM,LEAD-PEF;100nF,5%,50V,TP,10 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;0.36nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V,

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No C304 C305 C306 C307 C308 C309 C310 C312 C314 C315 C316 C317 C318 C319 C320 C321 C322 C323 C324 C325 C326 C327 C328 C329 C330 C331 C332 C333 C334 C335 C336 C337 C338 C340 C342 C343 C344 C345 C346 C347 C348 C349 C350 C351 C352 C353 C354 C355 C356 C357 C358 C359 C360 C371 2203-000405 2203-005065 2203-005148 2401-001492 2401-000909 2401-000408 2203-005065 2203-000257 2203-005065 2203-005065 2203-005065 2203-005065 2202-000797 2202-000797 2203-000257 2401-003221 2203-005148 2203-005065 2203-000257 2203-005065 2203-002398 2203-005065 2401-003221 2203-000257 2203-000975 2203-000975 2203-000975 2203-000975 2401-001492 2203-005148 2203-005065 2401-001492 2203-000257 2401-000922 2401-002069 2203-005148 2203-001211 2203-000257 2401-000414 2203-000491 2203-001052 2401-001250 2203-001103 2203-001211 2203-000257 2401-001250 2203-002041 2301-000110 2401-001492 2301-000224 2203-000257 2203-000257 2203-000257 2203-001071

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;0.18nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;10NF,30%,16V,Y C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;10NF,30%,16V,Y C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,8X5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;22nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,8X5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,5 C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x5,5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;8.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-CER,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.56nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,5 C-CER,CHIP;6.8nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;8.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,5 C-CER,CHIP;0.47nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-FILM,LEAD-PEF;1.8nF,5%,100V,TP,7 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-FILM,LEAD-PEF;22nF,5%,50V,TP,7.4 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.056nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

8-4

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No C372 C401 C402 C403 C404 C405 C4M01 C4M02 C4M03 C4M04 C4M05 C4M06 C4M07 C4M08 C4M09 C4M10 C4M11 C4M12 C4M13 C4M15 C4M16 C4M17 C4M22 C4M23 C502 C503 C504 C505 C506 C507 C508 C509 C510 C511 C513 C514 C515 C516 C517 C518 C519 C520 C521 C522 C531 C532 C543 C544 C545 C551 C552 C603 C604 C605 C606 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005249 2401-001249 2203-001662 2401-001249 2401-001249 2203-000888 2203-001652 2401-001249 2203-000323 2401-001249 2401-001249 2401-000408 2401-001249 2401-000249 2203-000975 2401-000588 2401-000408 2401-002186 2203-000531 2203-005148 2401-000408 2203-005065 2401-000909 2401-000408 2203-001724 2203-000257 2401-000909 2203-000888 2203-000257 2203-001724 2401-000408 2203-000257 2401-000909 2203-000888 2203-000257 2203-001724 2401-000408 2203-005065 2202-000797 2401-001492 2203-000257 2203-001724 2203-001724 2203-000257 2401-000408 2203-000257 2203-005065 2203-000257 2401-000360 2203-000257

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;5.6nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;4.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;470nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;12nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,201 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,2.5 C-AL;100uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x5,5 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,3x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;3.3uF,20%,50V,GP,BK,4x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;2.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;4.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V, C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;4.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V, C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;10NF,30%,16V,Y C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No C607 C608 C609 C610 C611 C613 C614 C615 C616 C617 C618 C619 C620 C621 C622 C623 C624 C625 C626 C627 C628 C629 C630 C631 C632 C633 C634 C635 C636 C637 C640 C643 C644 C647 C651 C652 C653 C657 C6B01 C701 C702 C703 C704 C705 C800 C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 2203-000257 2401-003221 2203-002398 2203-000975 2203-000140 2401-002095 2203-000257 2203-000257 2203-005148 2401-001492 2203-000552 2203-000552 2203-000681 2203-000626 2203-005065 2202-000121 2401-002165 2202-000797 2203-005148 2203-001697 2401-001168 2203-005221 2401-001492 2203-000257 2203-001071 2203-000140 2203-001071 2202-000797 2203-000257 2203-000257 2401-002165 2203-000257 2203-000257 2202-000216 2202-000216 2202-000216 2203-000257 2203-000257 2401-002259 2203-000440 2203-000257 2401-002165 2401-000118 2203-005148 2401-000414 2401-002165 2203-005148 2401-001492 2203-005148 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,8X5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;22nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;47nF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,160 C-CER,CHIP;1.5nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x5,5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;0.02nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.02nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.027nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.022nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V, C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.1nF,10%,50V, C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;10NF,30%,16V,Y C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.082nF,5%,50V,NP0,1608 C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x5,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;15nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.056nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;1.5nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.056nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;10NF,30%,16V,Y C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.027NF,5%,50V C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.027NF,5%,50V C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;0.027NF,5%,50V C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100000uF,+80-20%,5.5V,-,TP,12 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-AL;1000uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,10x12.5, C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,-,5x7mm,2.5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-5

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No C811 C814 C817 C819 C820 C821 C824 C825 C826 C827 C828 C829 C830 C832 C834 C835 C836 C837 C838 C839 C845 C846 C847 C848 CE401 CE76 CN03 CN04 CN1S01 CN301 CN302 CN303 CN4 CN5 CN701 CON1 CS01 CS02 CS04 CVL1 CVL2 CVL3 D1 D1P108 D1P109 D1P111 D1S01 D1S05 D1S06 D1S07 D1S32 D1S33 D1S34 D1S35 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000408 2401-000408 2401-000408 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000408 2401-002144 2203-005148 2401-001479 2401-002144 2203-000236 2401-001250 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2401-000414 2203-000783 2203-000783 2401-000408 2401-000414 2401-001479 2401-000118 3711-004379 3711-000827 3711-000203 3708-000391 AC37-00028A 3708-001165 3711-006316 3711-005612 3708-001802 3708-000208 2203-000257 2401-002144 2401-000414 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 0402-001111 0402-000165 0402-000165 0402-000127 0404-001235 0402-000012 0401-000005 0402-001195 0404-001235 0404-001235 0404-001235 0402-001680

Description ; Specification C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-CER,CHIP;0.1nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-AL;4.7uF,20%,35V,GP,TP,4x5,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-CER,CHIP;0.33nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-CER,CHIP;0.33nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,3.5x5,2.5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;1000uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,10x12.5, HEADER-BOARD TO CABLE;BOX,4P,1R,2m HEADER-BOARD TO CABLE;BOX,2P,1R,2m HEADER-BOARD TO CABLE;1WALL,2P/3P, CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;10P,1.25mm,S CONNECTOR-SOCKET;-,X-11,T9.0,W8.5, CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;6P,1.25MM,ST HEADER-BOARD TO BOARD;BOX,16P,2R,2 HEADER-BOARD TO BOARD;BOX,30P,2R,2 CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;10P,1.25MM,S CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;20P,1.25MM,S C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5 C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5397GP,600V,1.5A DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5819,40V,1A,DO-4 DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5819,40V,1A,DO-4 DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N4002,100V,1A,DODIODE-SCHOTTKY;SHK65-45R,60V,3000m DIODE-RECTIFIER;UF4007,1KV,1A,DO-4 DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-RECTIFIER;F1T4,400V,1A,DO-20 DIODE-SCHOTTKY;SHK65-45R,60V,3000m DIODE-SCHOTTKY;SHK65-45R,60V,3000m DIODE-SCHOTTKY;SHK65-45R,60V,3000m DIODE-RECTIFIER;SF34,200V,3A,DO-20 DIODE-RECTIFIER;F1T4,400V,1A,DO-20

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No D1S39 D2 D3 D4 D5 D601 D605 D701 D702 D703 D704 DOC3 DOC4 DOE1 DOIC2 DOL1 DOL2 DOL3 DOR1 DOR2 DOR3 DT701 DVR1 DVR2 DVR3 DVR4 F1S01 FL042 FVR1 FVR2 FVR3 FVR4 IC1P02 IC1P03 IC1P04 IC1P05 IC1P06 IC1P07 IC1P08 IC1S01 IC1S02 IC1S03 IC301 IC4M01 IC501 IC601 IC603 IC6B1 IC701 IC801 JACK1 JK801 JL1 JL2 0401-000005 0402-001111 0402-001111 0402-001111 0402-000127 0401-000005 0401-000005 0401-000005 0401-000005 0401-000005 0401-000005 2203-005148 2203-005148 2401-000598 3707-001070 2901-001273 3301-001419 2701-000002 2007-000040 2007-000074 2007-000075 AK07-00049A 2007-000070 2007-000070 2007-000070 2007-000070 3601-000237 3809-001206 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 AC14-12006N 1203-003216 1203-003293 AC14-12006N 1203-000299 1203-003230 1203-003230 1203-002805 0604-001028 AC14-12006D 1204-001952 1204-002509 1204-002222 AK09-00166A 1103-001134 AC14-12009W 1003-001443 AC14-12015T 3722-002302 3722-002301 3301-001419 3301-001419

Description ; Specification DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5397GP,600V,1.5A DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5397GP,600V,1.5A DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N5397GP,600V,1.5A DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N4002,100V,1A,DODIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,75V,150mA,D C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,4x7,5 CONNECTOR-OPTICAL;PLUG,GP1FA550TZ, FILTER-EMI SMD;50V,2A,-,220pF,3.2x BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 R-CHIP;150ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 LED DISPLAY;BCD-9041A,DVD-VR330,70 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 FUSE-CARTRIDGE;250V,2A,SLOW-BLOW,C CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,140MM,6P,1.25MM BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M IC-VOLT REGU;KA78R12,SIP,STICK IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;G9133,TO-220F,4 IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;G9205,TO-220F,4 IC-VOLT REGU;KA78R12,SIP,STICK IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;7809,TO-220,3P, IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;G9105,TO-220F,4 IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;G9105,TO-220F,4 IC-PWM CONTROLLER;ICE2BS01,PDIP,8P PHOTO-COUPLER;TR,50-600%,250mW,DIP IC;KA431Z,TO-92,TAPING IC-VIDEO PROCESS;LA71207,QFP,80P,1 IC-SIGNAL PROCESSOR;CXA2207N,SSOP, IC-SIGNAL PROCESSOR;LA72670M-MPB,Q IC MICOM;MN101D10G-EC1,DVD-VR357/X IC-EEPROM;24C040,512x8,SOP,8P,5.13 IC-RESET;PST572K,TO-92,R59-1766 2. IC-LED DRIVER;PT6959,SOIC,28P,300M IC;SV1274/LA7274M,QFP,64PIN,-,JACK-PIN;6P,Ni,WH-GN/RD-BU/BK-RD,A JACK-PIN;6P,Ni,YL/WH/RDx2,ANGLE BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

D1S37 0402-001195

8-6

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No JP02 JP03 L1P101 L1S02 L1S30 L1S31 L1S32 L301 L302 L303 L304 L305 L306 L307 L308 L502 L503 L601 L602 L603 L604 L701 L801 L802 LS01 P022 PC21 PC23 PC25 PE8 PL5 PL6 PT1SD1 PT601 PT602 Q1S01 Q302 Q303 Q304 Q305 Q306 Q307 Q308 Q601 Q602 Q605 Q801 Q802 Q803 Q804 Q805 QS01 QS02 QS03 R1P101 2007-000070 2007-000070 2701-000002 AK29-00002A AC27-12001N AH27-00039A AC27-12001N AC27-92001M 3301-000297 3301-000297 3301-000297 AC27-92001M 2702-000120 2701-000002 2702-000166 3301-000297 3301-000297 2702-000108 2701-000002 2701-000002 2701-000002 2701-000002 2701-000002 2701-000002 2701-000002 AC37-00027A 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2401-002095 2701-000002 2701-000002 AC26-00014S 0604-001141 0604-001141 0505-001729 0501-000002 0501-000341 0501-000002 0501-000442 0501-000002 0501-000442 0501-000442 0504-000129 0501-000002 0501-000002 0501-000002 0504-000128 0504-000156 0501-000341 0501-000341 0501-000002 0501-000341 0501-000341 2001-000429

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 FILTER EMI;RECORDER,SQ2222,0.42Ohm COIL CHOKE;10UH-15%,RA,K-30,Q80,15 COIL CHOKE;DR CHOKE(8*6),DVD-R2000 COIL CHOKE;10UH-15%,RA,K-30,Q80,15 COIL-INDUCTOR;RH3.5X6.5RS,BEAD(RAD BEAD-AXIAL;25ohm,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,-,T BEAD-AXIAL;25ohm,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,-,T BEAD-AXIAL;25ohm,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,-,T COIL-INDUCTOR;RH3.5X6.5RS,BEAD(RAD INDUCTOR-RADIAL;15000uH,5%,6.2x7.4 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-RADIAL;47uH,5%,6.0x6.4mm BEAD-AXIAL;25ohm,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,-,T BEAD-AXIAL;25ohm,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,-,T INDUCTOR-RADIAL;100uH,5%,6.0x6.4mm INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 CONNECTOR-HEADER;20045WS,X-11,T8.5 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-AL;47uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x5,5 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100UH,10%,4298 TRANS SWITCHING-DVD-VR330;EER3534, PHOTO-INTERRUPTER;-,-,0mW,SNAP,TP PHOTO-INTERRUPTER;-,-,0mW,SNAP,TP FET-SILICON;SPA04N60C3,N,600V,4.5A TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KTC3203-Y,NPN,400m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KTC3203-Y,NPN,400m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KTC3203-Y,NPN,400m TR-DIGITAL;KSR1104,NPN,200mW,47K/4 TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT TR-DIGITAL;KSR2103,PNP,200MW,22K/2 TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150MW,S TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200m R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No R1P102 R1P103 R1P104 R1P124 R1P125 R1P131 R1S02 R1S03 R1S04 R1S05 R1S06 R1S07 R1S08 R1S09 R1S10 R1S11 R1S12 R1S13 R1S14 R1S15 R1S31 R1S32 R1S33 R1S35 R1S36 R301 R302 R303 R304 R305 R306 R308 R309 R310 R311 R312 R313 R314 R315 R316 R317 R318 R319 R320 R322 R326 R327 R328 R329 R330 R331 R332 R333 R334 R335 2001-000008 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000855 2006-000273 2006-000273 1404-001361 2001-000546 2001-000793 2001-000546 2001-000546 2001-000598 2001-000281 2001-000449 2001-000527 2003-000105 2001-000290 2007-008711 2001-000780 2001-000221 2001-000429 2004-000500 2007-000490 2007-000092 2007-001056 2007-000079 2007-000079 2001-000734 2001-000362 2007-000106 2007-000105 2007-000124 2007-001114 2007-000122 2001-000258 2007-000123 2007-001179 2001-000290 2001-000387 2001-000387 2001-000290 2007-000079 2007-000082 2007-000122 2007-000070 2007-000127 2007-000133 2007-000402 2007-000129 2007-000078 2007-000122 2007-000094 2007-000097

Description ; Specification R-CARBON;15KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;560OHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X R-CEMENT;27KOHM,5%,2W,CA,BK,6.4X6. R-CEMENT;27KOHM,5%,2W,CA,BK,6.4X6. THERMISTOR-NTC;3ohm,4A,-,35mW/C,0u R-CARBON;270KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4 R-CARBON;47OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;270KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4 R-CARBON;270KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4 R-CARBON;3.3OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;2.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CARBON;22OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-METAL OXIDE;0.33ohm,5%,2W,AD,TP, R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;1MOHM,5%,1/2W,TP,5025 R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-METAL;2.7Kohm,1%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,1%,1/8W,TP,2012 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;6.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CARBON;150OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;220Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;200Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;680Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1.8KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CHIP;1.5Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;16Kohm,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x R-CARBON;16Kohm,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;9.1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;330Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;150ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;27Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;22Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-7

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No R336 R338 R339 R340 R341 R342 R343 R344 R348 R350 R3D05 R3D06 R401 R402 R4J01 R4J02 R4M02 R4M03 R4M04 R4M05 R4M06 R4M07 R506 R507 R508 R509 R510 R516 R517 R523 R524 R525 R526 R527 R528 R601 R602 R603 R604 R606 R609 R611 R613 R614 R615 R616 R617 R618 R619 R621 R622 R623 R624 R630 R631 2007-000090 2007-000074 2007-000124 2007-000124 2001-000522 2007-000090 2007-001002 2007-001002 2007-000086 2007-000079 2007-000124 2001-000800 2007-000450 2007-000450 2007-000109 2007-000102 2007-000074 2007-000125 2007-000082 2007-000074 2007-001125 2007-000842 2007-000077 2007-000081 2007-000130 2001-000780 2001-000780 2007-000078 2007-000078 2007-000088 2001-000786 2001-000786 2007-000088 2007-000091 2007-000134 2007-000094 2001-000515 2007-000094 2001-000515 2001-000633 2001-000429 2007-000081 2007-000090 2001-000429 2007-000086 2001-000429 2007-000122 2007-000098 2001-000290 2001-000780 2001-000780 2007-000084 2007-000084 2007-000098 2007-000098

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;22KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;510ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;510ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;5.6Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;5.1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CHIP;180ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;180ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.9Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;68Kohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3Kohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;470ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;39Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;7.5Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;47KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;47KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;7.5Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;33Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;22Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;22Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;30KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;2.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;5.6Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;1.2Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No

Description ; Specification

Qty S.N.A Remark

R632 R633 R636 R638 R639 R641 R643 R644 R645 R646 R647 R648 R649 R650 R651 R652 R653 R656 R659 R660 R661 R662 R663 R664 R666 R667 R668 R669 R670 R671 R673 R676 R677 R678 R680 R681 R684 R685 R690 R691 R692 R694 R695 R6A01 R6B01 R6CEC1 R701 R702 R703 R704 R705 R706 R707 R708

2007-000097 2007-000106 2001-000429 2007-000082 2007-000081 2001-000290 2007-000090 2007-000090 2007-000090 2007-000086 2007-000076 2007-000076 2007-000084 2007-000084 2007-000084 2001-000290 2001-000429 2007-000090 2007-000078 2007-000100 2007-000078 2001-000290 2001-000429 2001-000429 2007-000074 2007-000074 2007-000078 2007-000074 2007-000074 2007-000074 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000734 2001-000734 2001-000515 2001-000515 2001-000429 2001-000429 2001-000429 2007-000078 2001-000429 2007-000102 2007-000659 2001-000429 2001-000429 2007-000092 2001-000429 2007-000092 2001-000429 2007-000092 2001-000429 2007-000092

R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;220Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;2.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;5.6Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;330ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;330ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;68Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8 R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;27OHM,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

8-8

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No R710 R711 R712 R719 R801 R802 R803 R804 R806 R807 R808 R813 R814 R817 R818 R819 R820 R821 R822 R823 R826 R827 R851 R852 R853 R857 R858 R859 R860 RM701 RS01 RS02 RS03 RS04 RS05 RS06 RS07 RS08 RS09 RS10 SJACK SVL1 SVL2 SW603 SW604 SW605 TM401 VA1S01 VA1S02 VC10 VC11 VC17 VC6 VC7 VC8 2007-000076 2007-000090 2007-001010 2001-000429 2007-001167 2007-001167 2001-000036 2007-000115 2007-000078 2007-000074 2007-000074 2007-000097 2007-000097 2007-000450 2001-000405 3301-001419 3301-001419 2007-000134 2007-000134 3301-001419 2007-000078 2007-000078 3301-001419 3301-001419 2007-001167 2001-000429 2001-000429 2007-000078 2007-000078 0609-001198 2007-001167 2007-000125 2007-000094 2007-000125 2007-000078 2007-001167 2007-000097 2007-000097 2007-000125 2007-000077 3722-001924 3301-001419 3301-001419 AC34-00005A 3409-001165 AC34-00006B AK40-00023A 1405-001026 1405-000186 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148 2203-005148

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;330ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;51Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X R-CHIP;82ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;180ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;180OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;33Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;33Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 MODULE REMOCON;VERTICAL,19MM,TR R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.9Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;22Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.9Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;3.9Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;470ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 JACK-DIN;4P/2C,-,SN,BLK,BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M SWITCH MODE;SSS-55MD,-,-,-,DC5V,-, SWITCH-DETECTOR;5V,1mA,-,50gf,ON-O SWITCH-REC;LSA-1135-9,push,-,16,16 TM BLOCK;TCMN0682PA26A,NTSC,181CH, VARISTOR;470V,600A,9x7mm,TP VARISTOR;470V,2500A,17.5x7.5mm,TP C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No VC9 VDR1 VDR2 VDR4 VDR5 VDR6 VE1 VE2 VE4 VE5 VE6 VE7 VIC1 VR30 VR31 VR32 VR33 VR34 VS208 W004 W027 W478 W599 XT301 XT601 XT602 ZD1S01 ZD1S02 ZD401 ZD801 ZD802 ZD803 ZD804 ZD805 ZD806 ZD807 ZD808 ZD809 ZD810 ZD811 ZD812 2203-005148 2007-001164 2007-001164 2007-001164 2007-001164 2007-001164 2401-002165 2401-000909 2401-001479 2401-001479 2401-001479 2401-001479 1201-002335 2001-000969 2007-001167 2007-001167 2007-001167 2007-001167 AK39-00086A 6003-000283 2007-000070 2007-000070 2007-000070 2801-003399 2801-001384 2801-003318 0403-001318 0403-000713 0403-000390 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083 0403-001083

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,1%,1/10W,TP,1608 C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5 C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x5,2.5 C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3*11mm, IC-VIDEO AMP;MM1692XVBE,TSOP,16P,5 R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;75ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 LEAD CONNECTOR;SV-R3600,LEAD CONNE SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(W R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 CRYSTAL-UNIT;3.579545MHz,15ppm,28CRYSTAL-UNIT;14.31818MHz,30ppm,28CRYSTAL-UNIT;32.768KHz,20ppm,28-AA DIODE-ZENER;MTZJ4.3B,4.17-4.43V,50 DIODE-ZENER;MTZJ20B,18.63-17.7V,50 DIODE-ZENER;UZP33B,31.4-34.6V,1000 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200 DIODE-ZENER;UDZ9.1B,8.85-9.23V,200

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

H100 S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A

AC97-02653A AC97-02616A AC97-02610A AC97-02580A AC61-00384A AC69-00094A AC61-00398A AC61-00399A AC66-00093A AC97-02581A

ASSY-FULL DECK;L/Speed,DX13A-6N(A) ASSY-DECK;-,DX13A,L/SPEED ASSY-DECK COMMON;-,DX13A,ASSY-TENSION BLOCK;-,X-13,HOLDER-BAND BRAKE;X-13,POM,-,-,-,N BAND-BRAKE SUB ASS'Y;TS-10,WOOL 10 POST-TENSION GUIDE;X-13,SUS303C,2, POST-TENSION LEVER;X-13,SUS303,2.5 LEVER-TENSION;X-13,SECC,T0.8,-,-,ASSY-REEL BLOCK;-,X-13,GEAR-CENTER 1;X-13,POM,0.5,25,12.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA

S.N.A AC66-00112A

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-9

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A AC66-00113A AC61-00395A AC61-62030A AC61-62031A AC66-00109A AC97-02582A AC60-40645A AC66-00117A AC60-40645A AC61-60563A AC66-00116A AC69-12136A AC97-02583A AC61-60572A AC66-00079A AC66-00095A AC61-60572A AC66-00080A AC66-00096A AC97-02604A 0205-000129 0205-001033 0205-001035 AC97-02611A AC60-30304A AC61-00104A AC61-00404A AC61-21006A AC66-00015A AC66-00110A AC66-00128A AC97-02621A AC61-00385A AC61-00405A AC66-40154A AC61-00383A AC61-00405A AC66-40154A AC97-02618A 3708-001634 AC31-12016F AC41-00238A AC66-00010A AC97-02586A AC97-02555A AC61-00342A AC61-00380A AC61-00402A AC61-00403A AC61-50672A AC61-50677A AC61-00387A AC61-00401A AC97-02608A

Description ; Specification GEAR-CENTER 2;X-13,POM,0.5,46,23,N HOLDER-CLUTCH;X-13,POM(SW-01),-,W1 SPRING ETC-WRAP PLAY;X-9,SUS 304-W SPRING ETC-WRAP REV.;X-9,SUS 304-W PULLEY-CLUTCH;X-13,POM,-,NAT,2.5,ASSY-BRAKE BLOCK;-,X-13,FASTENER-PIN BRAKE;-,-,1.5,L=12,-, LEVER BRAKE-S;X-13,POM,T10,W20,L40 FASTENER-PIN BRAKE;-,-,1.5,L=12,-, SPRING ETC-T.BRAKE;X-9,SUS304-WPB, LEVER BRAKE-T;X-13,POM,T10,W20,L40 PAD-T.BRAKE;X-9,FUR FELT,1.5,10.7, ASSY-LOADING BLOCK;-,X-13,SPRING ETC-LOADING;X-9,SUS304WPB,O GEAR-S LOADING;X-11,POM(K300),-,-, LEVER-LOADING S;X-13,SECC 20/20,T1 SPRING ETC-LOADING;X-9,SUS304WPB,O GEAR-T LOADING;X-11,POM(K300),-,-, LEVER-LOADING T;X-13,SECC 20/20,T1 ASSY-SUB MATERIALS;-,DX11,GREASE-SILICON;SC102,JAPAN,1000G/C GREASE;PL-30G,W050030019,OIL;EP-56,W050050072,MICHANG ASSY-PINCH BLOCK;-,X-13A,FASTENER-WASHER PINCH;-,-,D2.7,D4. SPRING ETC-PINCH;TS-10,SUS304-WPB, POST-PINCH ROLLER;X-13,SUS XM-7,-, CAP-PINCH;X-9,POM,-,-,-,-,LEVER-PINCH SUB;TS-10,SECC E20/20, LEVER-PINCH MAIN;X-13,SECC,T1.2,W2 ROLLER-PINCH;-,Rubber,14,18,NAT,-, ASSY-GUIDE BLOCK;-,X-13A,BASE-TAKE UP SLIDER;X-13,PPS(Ryton POST-SLANT GUIDE;X-13,SUS303,PI 3. ROLLER-TAKE UP ASSY;-,VW-32,OD7,-, BASE-SUPPLY SLIDER;X-13,PPS(Ryton POST-SLANT GUIDE;X-13,SUS303,PI 3. ROLLER-TAKE UP ASSY;-,VW-32,OD7,-, ASSY-DECK ONLY;-,DX13A,L/Speed CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;3P,1.25MM,AN MOTOR-LOADING;MDHB2B66,SCORPIO2(TS PCB-LOADING MOTOR;SCORPIO2(TS-10A) GEAR WORM;TS-10,POM,0.8,1,-,NAT,7. ASSY-M/B BLOCK;-,X-13,ASSY-BASE MAIN;-,X-13,POST-LOADING;X-11,SWCH18A,OD3.0,L9 BASE-MAIN;X-13,SECC,T1.2,-,-,NTR,POST-REEL;X-13,SWCH18A,3,-,-,Non-e POST-CENTER;X-13,SWCH18A,-,-,-,Non POST-PINCH LEVER;X-9,SWCH18A,-,L24 POST-FL CAM GEAR;X-9,SWCH18A,-,L14 SLEEVE-8 GUIDE;X-13,-,-,-,-,-,-,BL POST-#8 GUIDE;X-13,SUS XM-7,2.5,-, ASSY-CAPSTAN BLOCK;-,X-13,Phenol/P

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.2 1.16 0.004 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA

Loc.No Part No S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A T001 T002 T003 T003 T004 T005 T006 T007 T008 T009 T010 T011 T013 T015 T016 T019 T020 T021 T022 T023 T024 T025 T026 T027 T028 T028 T029 T034 T035 T036 T037 T038 T039 T040 T041 T042 T043 T044 T046 T048 AC97-02613A 3708-001676 AC33-00019A AC41-00130A AC61-00382A AC61-00406A AC97-02623A AC61-00108A AC66-00106A AC66-00107A AC70-00004A AC61-00392A AC61-00393A AC61-00394A AC97-02640A AC61-00391A AC31-00018A AC97-01652A AC66-00101A AC66-00102A AC61-00105A AC61-00390A AC97-02570A AC97-02556A AC97-02625A AC66-00094A AC33-00018A AC97-02620A AC97-02563A AC66-00124A AC66-00123A AC66-00115A AC66-00114A AC97-02562A AC61-00107A AC97-02560A AC97-02567A AC97-02568A AC61-00106A AC61-00106A AC66-00104A AC66-00103A AC66-00077A AC61-00389A AC66-00092A AC66-00099A AC70-00003A AC66-00100A AC66-00078A AC97-02557A AC97-02558A 3101-001427 AC66-60051A AC97-02566A

Description ; Specification ASSY-ACE HEAD BLOCK;-,X-13A,AE Les CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;6P,1.25MM,AN HEAD-A/C;HVMXB1016A,-,X13A,-,PCB-ACE HEAD;TS-10,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,BASE-ACE MAIN;X-13,SECC,T1.2,-,-,N SPRING ETC-ACE;X-13,SWPB,1,-,7.2,ASSY-FL BLOCK;-,X-13A,SPRING ETC-FL ARM R;TS-10,SUS304-W LEVER-ARM R;X-13,POM,-,W35,L70,-,N LEVER-ARM L;X-13,POM,-,W35,L70,-,N PLATE-FL ARM;X-11,SECC E20/20,T1.6 PLATE-CASSETTE;X-13,SECC,T0.8,W28, HOLDER-CASSETTE R;X-13,POM,-,W35,L HOLDER-CASSETTE L;X-13,POM,-,W35,L ASSY-CYLINDER;-,6N,CX13A-DAESUNG,N PLATE-GROUND DECK;X-13,SPTE,T0.3,MOTOR-LOADING ASSY;-,SCORPIO2(TS-1 ASSY-LOADING MOTOR;SANKYO LOADING GEAR-WORM WHEEL;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQ GEAR-FL CAM;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQU),SPRING ETC-PINCH DRIVE;TS-10,SUS30 PLATE-JOINT;X-13,SECC 20/20,T0.8,ASSY-SLIDER SUPPLY;(PPS),X-13,ASSY-SLIDER TAKE UP;-,X-13,ASSY-HEAD A/C;-,X-13A,LEVER-9 GUIDE;X-13,PPS,-,-,-,-,BRO HEAD-FULL ERASE;-,-,X-13,-,ASSY-UNIT PINCH;-,X-13A,ASSY-POST #8 GUIDE;-,X-13,PI 2.5 REEL-S;X-13,POM,-,BLK,2.5,-,27,REEL-T;X-13,POM,-,BLK,2.5,-,36.5,LEVER-IDLE;X-13,POM,T15,W38,L25,-, GEAR-IDLE;X-13,PET,0.5,54,27,NAT,2 ASSY-LEVER TENSION;-,X-13,SPRING ETC-TENSION LEVER;TS-10,SUS ASSY-BAND BRAKE;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER BRAKE S;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER BRAKE T;-,X-13,SPRING ETC-BRAKE;TS-10,SUS304-WPB, SPRING ETC-BRAKE;TS-10,SUS304-WPB, SLIDER-FL DRIVE;X-13,SECC,T1.0,W15 GEAR-JOINT 1;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQU), GEAR-JOINT 2;X-11,POM(K300),-,-,-, BRACKET-GEAR;X-13,SECC 20/20,T0.8, SLIDER-CAM;X-13,SECC 20/20,T1.2,-, LEVER-PINCH DRIVE;X-13,SECC 20/20, HOOK-CAPSTAN;-,-,L10,W10,H10,POM(M LEVER-TENSION DRIVE;X-13,SECC 20/2 GEAR-LOADING DRIVE;X-11,POM(K300), ASSY-LEVER LOADING S;-,X-13,ASSY-LEVER LOADING T;-,X-13,MOTOR-CAPSTAN;0rpm,0g.cm,12V,90mA BELT-PULLEY;-,5CM-70,2 * 2,-,71.3, ASSY-GEAR CENTER;-,X-13,-

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

8-10

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No T049 T050 T053 T055 T057 T071 T072 T073 T074 T075 T076 VS165 W015 W016 W018 W019 AC60-30306A AC66-00111A AC66-00097A AC66-00098A AC61-00386A AC61-00388A AC97-02622A AC61-00397A AC97-02564A AC66-00108A AC97-02569A AC66-00105A 6006-001092 6006-001154 6003-001450 6003-000108

Description ; Specification FASTENER-WASHER SLIT;-,-,ID2.1,OD5 LEVER-UP DOWN;X-13,POM,T15,E25,L55 LINK-LOADING S;X-13,SECC 20/20,-,T LINK-LOADING T;X-13,SECC 20/20,-,T SLEEVE-TENSION;X-13,-,-,2.5,-,-,-, GUIDE-CASS DOOR;X-13,POM(M90-44 EQ ASSY-HOLDER CASSETTE;SECC+POM+SUS, SPRING ETC-LOCK;X-13,SWP-B,0.25,2. ASSY-LEVER ARM;-,X-13,LEVER-DOOR;X-13,POM,-,W30,L75,-,NA ASSY-CLUTCH;-,X-13,LEVER-LOCK;X-13,SECC,T1.0,W25,L50, SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,WS,M3.0,L6.0,ZP SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,WSP,B,M2.6,L5.6 SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,-,S,M2.6,L5,ZPC SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M2.6,L6,ZPC(Y SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,-,M3,L3.3,ZPC(W SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,-,M2,L6,ZPC(WHT

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 SA SA SNA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SNA

Loc.No Part No

Description ; Specification

Qty S.N.A Remark

PCN PIC2 PIC3 PL1 PL3 PL4 PL5 PR1 PR2 PR3 RC10 RC11 RC12 RC13 RC14 RC15 RC16 RC17 RC21 RC22 RC23 RC25 RC26 RC27 RC28 RC29 RC3 RC30 RC31 RC32 RC33 RC34 RC35 RC36 RC37 RC38 RC39 RC40 RC41 RC42 RC43 RC44 RC45 RC46 RC47 RC48 RC49 RC50 RC51 RC52 RC53 RC54 RC55 RC56

3711-005477 1203-003997 1203-003999 2901-001281 2901-001281 2901-001281 2901-001281 2007-000097 2007-000616 3301-001495 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-006048 2203-000254 2203-006048 2203-000234 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-006048 2404-000284 2203-000254 2404-000284 2203-006048 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-000438 2203-000438 2203-000627 2203-000438 2203-000438 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-000234 2203-006048 2404-000284 2203-006048

HEADER-BOARD TO CABLE;BOX,4P,1R,2m IC-MULTI REG.;BA30E00WHFP,HRP,7P,9 IC-POSI.FIXED REG.;BH25FB1WHFV,HVS FILTER-EMI SMD;16V,2A,-,220000pF,2 FILTER-EMI SMD;16V,2A,-,220000pF,2 FILTER-EMI SMD;16V,2A,-,220000pF,2 FILTER-EMI SMD;16V,2A,-,220000pF,2 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;24Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 BEAD-SMD;120ohm,2012,2500mA,TP,115 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.1NF,5%,50V,C0G,TP,100 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,16V,-,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,16V,-,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.022nF,5%,50V,C0G,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.1NF,5%,50V,C0G,TP,100 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,16V,-,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

W201 6001-001711 W291 6001-000506

H001 C771 CIC1 CN1 DECK_C H001 H103 H105 H106 H108 H207 H209 H211 H212 H241 H265 H268 H271 H275 H401 JP9 PC1 PC10 PC12 PC14 PC15 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 PC8 PC9 PCB

AK97-01883B AK61-00390A 1203-003177 3708-002193 3708-002176 AK97-01878A AK66-00061A 6602-001076 AK66-00062A AK63-00432A AK31-00028A AK64-01462A AK97-01856A AK61-00738A AK41-00609A AK61-00736A AK61-00452A AK61-00735A AK66-00072A AK61-00734A 3708-001331 2203-006048 2402-000179 2203-006048 2203-006048 2404-001131 2203-006214 2402-001042 2203-005061 2402-001042 2203-006048 2203-005171 2203-005171 2402-000179 AK41-00623B

ASSY-LOADER;-,DVD-R150,RAM Multi HOLDER-WIRE;SOH-DR2,PPS,T5.2,W14.1 IC-VOL. DETECTOR;BD5326G,SSOP,5P,2 CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;50P,0.5mm,SM CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;5P,1mm,SMD-A ASSY-RECORDER DECK;DP-R4L,-,GEAR-PULLEY;DP-RW,POM,-,-,-,-,-,BL BELT-RECTANGULAR;CR,T1.2,4.3%,1.2X GEAR-TRAY;DP-RW,POM,-,-,-,WHT,-,-, TRAY-DISC;DP-R3.5,ABS,-,-,-,-,-,MOTOR SPINDLE;DP-R3L,8500,9.8mN.m, CHASSIS-SUB;DP-R3H,ABS,T2,W114,L54 ASSY-PICK UP;-,SOH-DR4,HOLDER-CHUCK;DP-R3.5L,ABS,-,-,-,-, FFC-PU;DP-R3.5,POLYESTER,PITCH0.5, BRACKET-SHAFT PU;DP-R3.5,SUS T1.0, SPRING ETC-HINGE PU;DP-R2,SUS304WP HINGE-PU;DP-R3.5,POM,-,-,-,-,-,SHAFT-PU;DP-RW2,SUS420J2,91.5,3,NA FRAME-MAIN;DP-R3.5,ABS,-,-,-,-,-,CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;40P,0.5mm,SM C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-AL,SMD;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.6x6. C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;22UF,10%,10V,GP,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;2200nF,10%,25V,X7R,3216 C-AL,SMD;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.6x6 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-AL,SMD;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.6x6 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,10%,16V,X7R,2012 C-CER,CHIP;1000nF,10%,16V,X7R,2012 C-AL,SMD;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.6x6. PCB-FRONT;RAMBO4,CEM-3,2,-,1.6T,13

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5

SA SNA SA SA SA SNA SNA SA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-11

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No RC57 RC58 RC59 RC6 RC60 RC61 RC62 RC63 RC64 RC65 RC66 RC67 RC68 RC69 RC7 RC70 RC71 RC72 RC73 RC74 RIC2 RR10 RR11 RR13 RR16 RR17 RR18 RR21 RR22 RR24 RR25 RR26 RR27 RR28 RR29 RR30 RR32 RR33 RR35 RR37 RR43 RR44 RR45 RR46 S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A 2203-006048 2404-000284 2203-006048 2203-005496 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-005642 2203-005642 2203-005642 2203-005642 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-000254 2203-000234 2203-005496 2203-001239 2203-001239 2203-000254 2203-006048 2203-000489 AK13-00028A 2007-000151 2007-000143 2007-000171 2007-000159 2007-003009 2007-000157 2007-007107 2007-007107 2007-000145 2007-000154 2007-001320 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000157 2007-000159 2007-000154 2007-000140 2007-000170 2007-000171 2007-000151 2007-000151 2007-000171 3403-001026 AK61-00740A AK73-00053A AK97-01876A AK31-00024A AK61-00490A AK97-01877A AK97-01331B AK61-00486A AK61-00739A BG33-30001D

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,16V,-,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.22nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.1NF,5%,50V,C0G,TP,100 C-CER,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,10V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.082nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.082nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 IC ASIC;S1L1101X01,-,128,5V,-0 ~ + R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;16Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100Kohm,1%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100Kohm,1%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;6.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;24KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1.8Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;47Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;24KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 SWITCH-PUSH;5V,0.7mA,DPST,OFF-ON-O BRACKET-DECK;DP-R3.5L,SECC T1.6,-, RUBBER-DECK;DP-R3.5,BUTYL,-,-,-,-, ASSY-TRAVERSE;DP-R4,-,MOTOR STEP-FEED;-,DP-RW,727 mA,200 SPRING ETC-SHAFT PU;DP-RW2,PW2,0.8 ASSY-HOLDER CHUCK;DP-R4L,-,ASSY-CLAMPER;DP-R4L,-,BODY CLAMPER-UPPER;DP-RW2,POM,T0.7 BRACKET-CLAMPER;DP-R3.5L,SECC T0.6 MAGNET-CLAMPER;-,-,-,-,13.5x6x1.1

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA

Loc.No Part No S.N.A AK97-01879A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A S.N.A SPIN_C STEP_C T037 U8 U9 UB1 UC100 UC18 UC19 UC21 UC22 UC23 UC24 UC25 UC26 UC27 UC28 UC29 UC30 UC31 UC32 UC33 UC34 UC35 UC36 UC37 UC38 UC39 UC40 UC41 UC42 UC43 UC44 UC45 UC46 UC47 UC48 UC49 UC50 UC51 UC52 UC53 UC54 UC55 UC56 UC57 UC58 UC62 AH31-00025A AK66-00038A AK97-01646A AK41-00400A AK41-00546A 3708-002067 3708-002018 AK66-00079A AK13-00025A 1107-001453 1105-001284 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-000278 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2404-001020 2404-001020 2404-001020 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-000438 2203-006048 2203-000254 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-000854 2203-001072 2203-006048 2203-006048

Description ; Specification ASSY-HOUSING;-,DP-R4,MOTOR-LOADING;RF-300EA-1D390,DP-7, PULLEY MOTOR;DP-R1,POM,-,BLK,1.95, ASSY-MOTOR PCB;PHENOL,DP-R3H,SWITC FFC-DECK;DP-RW2,PITCH1.0,PET,5P,-, PCB-MOTOR;DP-R3H,PHENOL,1,1,1.6,28 CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;12P,1mm,SMDCONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;4P,1MM,SMD-A SLIDER-CAM;DP-R3H,POM,T10,W89,L18. IC ASIC;S5L1484A01,RAMBO-3,256,3.3 IC-FLASH MEMORY;29W160E,16Mbit,2Mx IC-DRAM;636165,-,16Mbit,1Mx16Bit,T C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;0.01nF,0.5pF,50V,C0G,10 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.039nF,5%,50V,C0G,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.056nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SA SA SNA SNA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

8-12

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No UC63 UC64 UC67 UC69 UC70 UC71 UC72 UC75 UC76 UC77 UC79 UC80 UC81 UC82 UR1 UR10 UR100 UR11 UR12 UR13 UR14 UR16 UR17 UR19 UR2 UR20 UR21 UR22 UR23 UR24 UR25 UR26 UR27 UR28 UR29 UR3 UR30 UR31 UR32 UR33 UR34 UR35 UR36 UR37 UR39 UR4 UR42 UR43 UR44 UR47 UR48 UR5 UR50 UR55 UR58 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-006048 2203-000438 2203-006048 2203-001072 2011-001432 2007-001217 2007-000148 2007-000173 2007-000173 2007-001217 2007-001217 2007-000170 2007-000143 3301-001419 2011-001261 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000174 2007-000148 2007-001292 2007-001292 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000148 2011-001261 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-000139 2007-000138 2007-000139 2007-001325 2007-000775 2011-001261 2007-007001 2007-000148 2007-000171 2007-000148 2007-000148 2011-001261 2007-000143 2007-000143 2007-000143

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.056nF,5%,50V,NP0,1005 R-NET;82ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;82OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;82OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;82OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;47ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;3.9KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No UR59 UR6 UR63 UR64 UR69 UR7 UR73 UR75 UR76 UR77 UR8 UR80 UR81 UR82 UR83 UR87 UR88 UR89 UR9 UR90 UR91 UR92 UR93 UR94 UR95 UR96 UR97 UR98 UR99 VC1 VC10 VC11 VC12 VC13 VC14 VC15 VC16 VC17 VC18 VC19 VC2 VC20 VC21 VC3 VC4 VC5 VC6 VC7 VC8 VIC1 VR1 VR10 VR11 VR12 2007-000143 2007-000173 2007-000084 2007-000143 2007-000148 2007-001217 2007-001305 2007-001292 2007-000171 3301-001861 2007-001217 2007-000140 2007-000171 2007-000113 2007-000113 2007-000148 2007-001305 2007-000171 2007-000173 2007-000831 2007-000171 2007-000171 2007-000171 2011-001432 2011-001432 2011-001432 2011-001432 2007-000148 2007-000070 2203-006047 2203-000438 2203-005061 2203-005061 2404-000284 2203-006048 2203-000254 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-005061 2203-006047 2203-006048 2404-001020 2203-006047 2203-006047 2203-006047 2203-006047 2203-000234 2203-000234 1003-001881 2007-000138 2007-000138 2007-000034 2007-000034

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;82OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;120ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;600ohm,1005,TP,500ohm/75M R-CHIP;82OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;120ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;22ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;39Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;82ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;82ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;82ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;82ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,16V,-,TP,3528 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;10nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,10V,X7R,1005 C-TA,CHIP;10uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,3216 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;33nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 C-CER,CHIP;0.1NF,5%,50V,C0G,TP,100 C-CER,CHIP;0.1NF,5%,50V,C0G,TP,100 IC-MOTOR DRIVER;BD7956FS,HSSOP,54P R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-13

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No VR13 VR14 VR15 VR16 VR18 VR20 VR25 VR26 VR27 VR28 VR31 VR32 VR33 VR34 VR35 VR36 VR37 VR38 VR39 VR40 VR41 VR42 VR43 VR44 VR45 VR46 VR47 VR48 VR5 VR6 VR8 VR9 W012 W018 W274 W350 W352 W353 W354 W355 W377 Y1 2007-000034 2007-000034 2007-000034 2007-000034 2007-000034 2007-000148 2007-007107 2007-000159 2007-000159 2007-000148 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 3301-001419 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000148 2007-000164 6002-001086 6003-001450 6001-001730 6001-001003 6001-000883 6003-001199 6003-001258 6003-001526 6001-001291 2802-001163 0603-001181 1003-001854 2007-000070 2007-000076 2007-000113 2007-000140 2007-000309 2007-000932 2007-001319 2007-007136 2011-001261 2011-001344 2104-001087

Description ; Specification R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;1OHM,5%,1/4W,TP,3216 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;100Kohm,1%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;150KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 SCREW-TAPPING;PH,+,-,B,M1.7,L5.0,Z SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,-,S,M2.6,L5,ZPC SCREW-MACHINE;BH,+,-,M1.7,L2.5,ZPC SCREW-MACHINE;BH,+,M2.6,L6,ZPC(BLK SCREW-MACHINE;PH,+,M1.4,L5,ZPC(BLK SCREW-TAPTITE;PWH,+,-,B,M2,L7,ZPC( SCREW-TAPTITE;PH,+,B,M1.4,L2.0,NI SCREW-TAPTITE;CH,+,S-TITE,M1.4,L4, SCREW-MACHINE;CH(0.5),*,-,M1.7,L4, RESONATOR-CERAMIC;33.86MHz,0.5%,TP PHOTO DIODE;5.5V,658.79nm,IC-DIODE DRIVER;EL6939CLZ,LPP,32P, R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;330ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;10ohm,5%,1/10W,TP,1608 R-CHIP;470OHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;1.2KOHM,5%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,1%,1/16W,TP,1005 R-NET;33ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP, R-NET;100ohm,5%,1/16W,L,CHIP,8P,TP VR-SMD;2.2Kohm,25%,0.15W,TOP

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 1 4 4 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SNA SA SA SNA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

Loc.No Part No 2203-000189 2203-000626 3301-001419 3708-002193 2203-005664 AK92-01223A AC99-40322L 0202-001221 AC99-90324K 0202-001214 AK97-01857A 0201-000169 0201-000172 0201-001006 0201-001553 0201-001718 0201-001819 0202-001499 0602-001127 AH61-00812A AK61-00720A AK61-00721A AK61-00722A AK61-00747A AK63-00438A AK97-01859A 0201-001081 0201-001230 0201-001709 0201-001793 0202-001499 3302-001651 3812-001263 3812-001419 AK62-00020A AK67-00040A AK97-01858A 0201-001253 0201-001371 0202-001215 AK61-00480A 0201-001911 AK97-01860A 0202-001221 0603-001187 1404-001328 2203-006158 AK32-00004A AK41-00626A AK61-00723A AK97-01862A 0201-001525 0201-001709 0201-001819

Description ; Specification C-CER,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,1 C-CER,CHIP;0.022nF,5%,50V,C0G,1608 BEAD-SMD;220ohm,1608,TP,133ohm/70M CONNECTOR-FPC/FFC/PIC;50P,0.5mm,SM C-CER,CHIP;4700nF,10%,6.3V,X5R,201 ASSY PCB-LOADER;DVD-R135A/XAA,F/EN ASSY PCB-SUB,c;DVD-V5600, EURO,FUN SOLDER-CREAM;PF305-116HO(A),-,25~4 ASSY PCB-LOADER,m;DVD-R135A/XAA,F/ SOLDER-WIRE FLUX;HI-ALMIT HR19M LF ASSY-SUB PICK UP;-,SOH-DR4,ADHESIVE-CYA;ARCN-A501F,NTR ADHESIVE-AA;EP-171,BRN ADHESIVE-AA;#7452,TRP,-,ADHESIVE-TP;G-800-A,GRY,220##40Pa. ADHESIVE-A.C.F;A-80T,SILVER,11000ADHESIVE-UV;8833M,YELLOW,21000mPas SOLDER-WIRE FLUX;SR34 SUPER LFM-48 DIODE-LASER;160mW,2,658nm,CAN SPRING ETC-L/G HOLDER;SOH-DH2,PBR, HOLDER-LD DVD;SOH-DR3.5,Zn,4.8,8.2 HOLDER-LD CD;SOH-DR3.5,Zn,T6.2,W7. HOLDER-LG;SOH-DR3.5,Zn,T6.43,W11.1 SPRING ETC-SHAFT GUIDE;SOH-DR4,PBS COVER BASE;SOH-DR4,Cu,T0.2,W32,L25 ASSY-ACT;-,SOH-DR4,ADHESIVE-AA;1401C,RED,-,BOND-LOCK ADHESIVE-CYA;LOCTITE 480,BLK,300,ADHESIVE-UV;8839L,YEL,24500mPa.s,ADHESIVE-UV;8791L3,WHITE,20000mPa. SOLDER-WIRE FLUX;SR34 SUPER LFM-48 MAGNET-RARE EARTH;AF,14000Gauss,47 WIRE-NO SHEATH CU;SCW,-,19MM,-,-,W WIRE-NO SHEATH CU;SCW,0V,18.5mm,1/ YOKE-ACT;SOH-DR3,SPCC,T7.6,W24.8,L LENS-OL;SOH-DR3,PLS,WHT,3.8,1.7,-, ASSY-BLADE;-,SOH-DR4,ADHESIVE-STR;TB2212B,BLK,25(250),T ADHESIVE-SIL;KE3494,GRAY,50 PA,OL SOLDER-BAR;HSE-16,S60S-20,D3,SN/0. BLADE-ACT;SOH-DR3,E5006J,L,IVORY,1 ADHESIVE-UV;ZV-102L,WHITE,8200MPA. ASSY-FPCB;-,SOH-DR4,DVD-RECORDER SOLDER-CREAM;PF305-116HO(A),-,25~4 PHOTO-RECEIVER;6.0V,17.0mA,650nm,M THERMISTOR-NTC;10Kohm,-,3370K,-,-, C-CER,CHIP;100nF,10%,16V,X7R,1005 SENSOR PHOTO;CNB1001,-25~85,-,-,20 FPC-MAIN;SOH-DR4,00,POLYAMIDE,-,0. PLATE-PD;SOH-DR3.5,Zn,1.2,13.4,7.6 ASSY-OPT;-,SOH-DR4,DVD-RECORDER ADHESIVE-UV;8840L,YEL,TRANS,23000, ADHESIVE-UV;8839L,YEL,24500mPa.s,ADHESIVE-UV;8833M,YELLOW,21000mPas

Qty S.N.A Remark 5 1 1 SA SA SA

1 SA 1 SC 1 SNA 1 SNA 4.04 SNA 1 0.024 1 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.013 0.003 0.05 0.085 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.006 0.002 0.01 0.01 0.085 2 1 5 1 1 1 0.008 0.002 0.01 1 0.06 1 0.12 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 0.03 0.02 SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA

0.05 SNA

8-14

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Electrical Parts List

Loc.No Part No AK61-00717A AK61-00724A AK61-00742A AK67-00061A AK67-00055A AK67-00056A AK67-00058A AK67-00060A AK67-00062A AK67-00063A AK67-00036A AK67-00059A 0602-001152

Description ; Specification BASE-PICK UP;SOH-DR4,ZnDC,T12,W37, HOLDER-GT;SOH-DR3.5,Zn,T1.6,W5.6,L SPRING ETC-DVD GT;SOH-DR4,Cu,-,2.8 LENS-CL;SOH-DR4,PLS,WHT,6.6,1.7,-, LENS-CDL;SOH-DR4,-,CLEAR,R1.9,1.2, LENS-ASL;SOH-DR4,-,CLEAR,5.9*5.6,4 LENS-QWP;SOH-DR4,GLS,WHT,5.5 * 5.0 LENS-WBS;SOH-DR4,GLS,WHT,5.5 * 3.5 LENS-MR;SOH-DR4,GLS,WHT,7.0 * 7.4, LENS-PBS;SOH-DR4,GLS,WHT,4.0 * 8.7 LENS-DVD GT;SOH-DR3,GLS,WHT,2.5*3. LENS-CD GT;SOH-DR4,GLS,WHT,2.0 * 2 DIODE-LASER;5mW,2V/30V,790nm,OPEN

Qty S.N.A Remark 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA SNA

Loc.No Part No

Description ; Specification

Qty S.N.A Remark

FL672 P030 W001 W009 W200 W202 W252 W268 W272 W275

3809-001856 3103-001171 6003-000275 6003-000276 6003-001375 6003-000277 AC60-12126A 6003-000254 6003-001464 6003-001561

FFC CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,180mm,40P,0 FAN-DC;DC 12.0V,180mA,2500rpm,0.15 SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L10,ZPC( SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L10,ZPC( SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L8,ZPC(W SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L12,ZPC( SCREW-MACHINE;TH,+,-,M4,L12,ZPC(WH SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(W SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M3,L10,ZPC(WH SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,B,M3,L6,ZPC(W SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,-,S,M3,L6,ZPC(B CABLE-RCA;SJ01-08-099,1.2MT,3P,A/V CABLE-RF ASSY;-,-,#1365,1200mm,3A, MANUAL USERS;DVD-VR350,XAX,SPA,-,M PACKING CASE;DVD-VR350/XAX,PEPER,S BRACKET-FRAME;DVD-VR300,SECC,T1.2,

1 1 11 4 2 2 4 1 3 5 1 1 1 1 1 1

SA SA SA SA SA SA SC SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA

W344 6003-001076 AC39-00073A AC39-42001J AK68-01344B AK69-00508G AK61-00310A

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

8-15

Electrical Parts List

MEMO

8-16

Samsung Electronics

9. Block Diagrams
9-1 All Block Diagram (DVD-VR357) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-2 AIC1 (PCM1753) Audio DA Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-3 AIC9 (PCM1802) Audio AD Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-4 DIC1 (S5L3200) A/V Codec Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-5 DIC3 (29DL323) Flash MEM Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-6 IC301 (LA71207) A/V 1Chip Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-7 IC501 (LA71607M) Hi-Fi Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-8 TIC1 (TW9906) Video Decoder Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-9 U3,U4 (HY5DU281622ETP-J) Dram Block Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

9-1

Block Diagrams

9-1 All Block Diagram (DVD-VR357)

ANALOG VIDEO ANALOG AUDIO SDRAM FLASH

CVBS from Tuner

ATAPI

S-VIDEO

VIDEO Decoder (TW9906)

Y Pb Pr MPEG-2 A/V CODEC (S5L3210) S-VIDEO VIDEO L Audio A/D (PCM1802) A/V 1Chip (LA71207) Audio D/A (PCM1753) R L R COAXIAL OPTICAL Key Input Front Panel Remocon HDMI Transmiter ZR36721
HDMI Out

LINE1

LINE2

VCR MICOM (MN101D10G) Hi-Fi (LA72670M)

IEC-958

1394 Jack

IEEE 1394 (TSB41AB1)

CBC out

CBC Micom

9-2

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Block Diagrams

9-2 AIC1 (PCM1753) Audio DA Block Diagram

BCK LRCK Audio Serial DATA Port 4 / 8 Oversampling Digital Filter with (FMT) ML (MUTE) MC (DEMP) MD Serial Control Port Function Controller DAC Output Amp and Low-pass Filter VOUTR Enhanced Multi-level Delta-Sigma Modulator VCOM DAC VOUTL Output Amp and Low-pass Filter

(TEST)

System Clock System Clock Manager

SCK

Zero Detect

Power Supply

ZEROL/NA (NA)

ZEROR/ZEROA (ZEROA)

VCC

Samsung Electronics

DGND

AGND

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

9-3

Block Diagrams

9-3 AIC9 (PCM1802) Audio AD Block Diagram

VINL

Single-End /Differential Converter

5th Order Delta-Sigma Modulator 1/64 (1/128) Decimation Filter with DC Cut Filter 5th Order Delta-Sigma Modulator Serial Interface

BCK LRCK FSYNC DOUT Mode/ Format Control

VREF1 Reference VREF2

FMT0 FMT1 MODE0 MODE1 BYPAS OSR PDWN SCKI

VINR

Single-End /Differential Converter

Power Supply

Clock and Timing Control

VCC

AGND DGND

VDD

9-4

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Block Diagrams

9-4 DIC1 (S5L3200) A/V Codec Block Diagram

DDR SDRAM #0 DDR SDRAM #1

Dual Channel DDR Controller & AHB+ BUS

SDIN ARM9TDMI Video Pre-processor 4KB I-Cache 4KB D-Cache MPEG2 Encoder AHB+ Wrapper USB 1.1 Host MPEG2 Decoder Dual ATAPI (w/ AES) DV Decoder CalmADM #0 PIP Scaler 4KB I-Cache 12KB D-Cache PSM Graphic Accelerator PSD IEEE1394

BT656(IN)

IEEE1394

USB

ATAPI

BT656(OUT)

CalmADM #1

Video Processor

MIXER

SDOUT

Video PENTA DAC Analog Video Out

4KB I-Cache

12KB D-Cache IODMA

SPD

PLL, Clock/Reset Generation Block 27MHz X-tal

APB Bridge

I2S SPDIF(IN) SPDIF(OUT) SPI UART WDT IR Host I/F TIMER I2C GPIO

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

9-5

Block Diagrams

9-5 DIC3 (29DL323) Flash MEM Block Diagram

VCC VSS OE# BYTE#

Y-Decoder

A20A0

Upper Bank Address

Upper Bank

Latches and Control Logic

RY/BY#

A20A0 RESET# WE# CE# BYTE# WP#/ACC DQ15DQ0 A20A0 STATE CONTROL & COMMAND REGISTER

X-Decoder

Status DQ15DQ0 Control DQ15DQ0

X-Decoder

Lower Bank

A20A0

Lower Bank Address

OE# BYTE#
9-6 This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization Samsung Electronics

Latches and Control Logic

Y-Decoder

DQ15DQ0

A20A0

Block Diagrams

9-6 IC301 (LA71207) A/V 1Chip Block Diagram

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

9-7

Block Diagrams

9-7 IC501 (LA71607M) Hi-Fi Block Diagram

9-8

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Block Diagrams

9-8 TIC1 (TW9906) Video Decoder Block Diagram

Analog Video In
CIN (1) CIN (0) YBOUT MUX3 MUX0 27 Mhz SIAD0 SCLK SDAT VIN (1)/MUX4

VIN (0)

2 Wire Serial Bus

Clock

MUX

MUX

MUX

AGC/Clamp

Clamp

Clamp

10-bit ADC VBI Slicer VBI Pass through

10-bit ADC

10-bit ADC

Sync

Filter

Filter

Filter

Chroma Demodulation 2/4-H adaptive comb filter or Notch/ bandpass Y/C separation
U Y V

Audio

Luma/Chroma processor

Video Interface
AMXCLK ASCLK ALRCLK AMCLK

H/V Down Scaler/Cropping

INTREQ

PDN

CLKX1

CLKX2

FIELD DVALID

HSYNC

VSYNC

MPOUT

VD(19:0)

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

9-9

Block Diagrams

9-9 U3,U4 (HY5DU281622ETP-J) Dram Block Diagram

9-10

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization

Samsung Electronics

Wiring Diagrams

10. Wiring Diagram

Samsung Electronics

10-1

Wiring Diagrams

MEMO

10-2

Samsung Electronics

11. PCB Diagrams

11-1 VCR Jack PCB - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-2 DVD Main PCB - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-3 Key PCB - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-4 Front AV PCB - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-5 CBC PCB- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-2 11-4 11-8 11-9 11-10

Samsung Electronics

11-1

PCB Diagrams

11-1 VCR Jack PCB

COMPONENT SIDE

11-2

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

PCB Diagrams

CONDUCTOR SIDE
NO. IC801 IC701 IC601 IC501 IC301 X-Y A-2 D-0 D-1 D-3 E-3

IC301 IC501

IC801

IC601

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

IC701 11-3

PCB Diagrams

11-2 DVD Main PCB

COMPONENT SIDE

CEIC1
AIC1

DIC5

DIC6

DIC3

TIC1

11-4

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

PCB Diagrams

NO. CEIC1 AIC1 DIC3 TIC1 DIC5 DIC6

X-Y C-3 C-3 D-1 F-0 F-2 G-2

CEIC1
AIC1

DIC5

DIC6

DIC3

TIC1

I2S_LRCK(116)

I2S_BCK(117)

I2S_MCK

I2S_DOO(119)

nSCSO(DIC3-Pin26)

1394_SCLK

Samsung Electronics

11-5

PCB Diagrams

CONDUCTOR SIDE

HIC1

DIC2
RIC2

DIC1

VIC1
RIC1

11-6

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

PCB Diagrams

NO. HIC1 VIC1 DIC1 RIC1 RIC2 DIC2

X-Y B-4 E-0 E-2 H-0 H-1 G-2

HIC1
IEC-958 (Audio Data)

DIC2
RIC2

DIC1
CVBS_O(Color-bar)

Y_O(Color-bar)

VIC1
RIC1
C_O(Color-bar)

Samsung Electronics

11-7

PCB Diagrams

11-3 Key PCB

COMPONENT SIDE

CONDUCTOR SIDE

11-8

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

PCB Diagrams

11-4 Front AV PCB

COMPONENT SIDE

CONDUCTOR SIDE

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

11-9

PCB Diagrams

11-5 CBC PCB

COMPONENT SIDE

CONDUCTOR SIDE

11-10

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

12. Schematic Diagrams

Block Identification of Jack PCB - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-1 S.M.P.S (VCR-Jack PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-2 Power (VCR-Jack PCB)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-3 Logic (VCR-Jack PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-4 AV (VCR-Jack PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-5 Hi-Fi (VCR-Jack PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-6 MUX_MTS_TM_JACK (VCR-Jack PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-7 CODEC (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-8 AV (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-9 ATAPI_Flash (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-10 DDR (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-11 DV_1394 (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-12 Audio (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-13 Main Connector (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-14 Video Decoder (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-15 HDMI (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-16 HDMI CEC (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-17 AV Out (DVD Main PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-18 Front (Function PCB)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-19 Key (Key PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-20 CBC (CBC PCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-22
Important safety notices : Components identified with the mark Use only the same type. have the special characteristics for safety. When replacing any of these components. Note : Do not use the part number shown on this drawing for ordering. The correct part number is shown in the parts list (may be slightly different or amended since this drawing was prepared). For schematic Diagram - Resistors are in ohms, 1/8W unless otherwise noted. Special note : Most semiconductor devices are electrostatically sensitive and therefore require the special handling techniques described under the electrostatically sensitive (ES) devices section of this service manual.

Note

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-1

Schematic Diagrams

Block Identification of Jack PCB

SMPS I/O POWER HiFi

VCR Jack PCB

SMPS POWER I/O

A/V

A/V

HiFi

MTS MUX LOGIC LOGIC

MTS MUX

F/T
<Component Side>

F/T
<Conductor Side>

12-2

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-1 S.M.P.S (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-3

Schematic Diagrams

12-2 Power (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power

12-4

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-3 Logic (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power

Video

CTL

HD-SW

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.
Samsung Electronics This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization. 12-5

Schematic Diagrams

12-4 AV (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power Video Audio

ENVE

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

12-6

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-5 Hi-Fi (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power Audio

A-OUT(Audio-Out)

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-7

Schematic Diagrams

12-6 MUX_MTS_TM_JACK (VCR-Jack PCB)

Power

Video

Audio

12-8

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-7 CODEC (DVD Main PCB)

Power GND Video Audio
IEC-958 (Audio Data)

CVBS_O(Color-bar)

Y_O(Color-bar)

C_O(Color-bar)

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-9

Schematic Diagrams

12-8 AV (DVD Main PCB)

Power GND Video Audio

I2S_LRCK(116)

I2S_BCK(117)

I2S_MCK

I2S_DOO(119)

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

12-10

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-9 ATAPI_Flash (DVD Main PCB)

Power

GND

nSCSO(DIC3-Pin26)

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-11

Schematic Diagrams

12-10 DDR (DVD Main PCB)

Power

12-12

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-11 DV_1394 (DVD Main PCB)

Power GND

1394_SCLK

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-13

Schematic Diagrams

12-12 Audio (DVD Main PCB)

Vcc

Audio

12-14

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-13 Main Connector (DVD Main PCB)

Power GND Video Audio

Y_O(Color-bar)

Cb(Color-bar)

Cr(Color-bar)

IEC-958(Audio Data)

These are the waveforms of DVDVR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVDVR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-15

Schematic Diagrams

12-14 Video Decoder (DVD Main PCB)

Power

Video

12-16

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-15 HDMI (DVD Main PCB)

Power GND

I2C_CLK

I2C_DAT

IEC958(Audio Data)

VO_CLK

These are the waveforms of DVD-VR350 / DVD-VR355 / DVD-VR357. Caution There can be some differences (Voltage, Frequency, stc.) among cameras.

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-17

Schematic Diagrams

12-16 HDMI CEC (DVD Main PCB)

12-18

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-17 AV Out (DVD Main PCB)

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-19

Schematic Diagrams

12-18 Front (Function PCB)

Video

Audio

12-20

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

Schematic Diagrams

12-19 Key (Key PCB)

Samsung Electronics

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

12-21

Schematic Diagrams

12-20 CBC (CBC PCB)

12-22

This Document can not be used without Samsungs authorization.

Samsung Electronics

13. Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-1

Operating Instructions

13-2

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-3

Operating Instructions

13-4

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-5

Operating Instructions

13-6

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-7

Operating Instructions

13-8

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-9

Operating Instructions

13-10

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-11

Operating Instructions

13-12

Samsung Electronics

Operating Instructions

Samsung Electronics

13-13

Operating Instructions

13-14

Samsung Electronics

14. Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-1 Power
14-1-1 About S.M.P.S
Transformer (Ns) (Np) + + (Vs) (Vp) + + Vin Switch + Vs switch I switch Vout REGULATOR Vreg

ON/OFF Control

Fig. 14-1 Terms 1) 1st : Common power input to 1st winding. 2) 2nd : Circuit followings output winding of transformer. 3) f (Frequency) : Switching frequency (T : Switching cycle) 4) Duty : (Ton/T) x 100

14-1-2 Circuit description Control

(a) AC Power Rectification/Smoothing Terminal
1) BD01 : Convert AC power to DC (Wave rectification). 2) CIS01 : Smooth the voltage converted to DC. 3) L1S02, C1S04, C1S05 : Noise removal at power input/output. 4) R1S04 : Rush current limit resistance at the momemt of power cord insertion. Without R1S04, the bridge diode might be damaged as the rush current increases. (b) SNUBBER Circuit : R1S02, R1S03, C1S08, C1S07, D1S05

Samsung Electronics

14-1

Circuit Operating Descriptions

Vswitch Inverted power by leakage inductance

dt

1) Prevent residual high voltage at the terminals of switch during switch off/Suppress noise. High inverted power occurs at switch off, because of the 1st winding of transformer : (V=-L1 xdi/dt. L1 : Leakage Induction) A very high residual voltage exist on both terminals of Q1S01 because dt is a very short. 2) SNUBBER circuit protects Q1S01 from damage through leakage voltage suppression by RC, (Charges the leakage voltage to D1S05 and C1S08 and discharges to R1S02, R1S03). 3) C1S38 : For noise removal

0 Toff

Fig. 14-2 (c) IC1S01 Vcc circuit 1) R1S05, R1S07, R1S08 : IC1S01 driving resistance (IC1S011 works through driving resistance at power cord in) 2) IS1S01 Vcc : R1S06, D1S07, C1S09 ! Use the output of transformer as Vcc,because the current starts to flow into transformer while IC1S01 is active @ Rectify to D1S07 and smooth to C1S09. # Use the output of transformer as IC1S01 Vcc : The loads are different before and after IC1S01 driving. (Vcc of IC1S01 decreases below OFF voltage , using only the resistance dut to lode increase after IC1S01 driving.)

(d) Feedback Control Circuit

3.3V
PPDD2

Fig. 14-3 14-2 Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

1) F/B terminal of IC1S01 determines output duty cyle. 2) C-E (Collector-Emitter) of IC1S01 and F/B potential of IC1S01 are same.

14-1-3 Internal Block Diagram (Internal Block Diagram of S.M.P.S. Circuit)

3.3V Rectified Smoothing Circuit Noise Removal (SNUBBER) Rectified Circuit 12V Rectified Smoothing Circuit 5V Rectified Smoothing Circuit 15V Rectified Smoothing Circuit 9V Rectified VoltageCircuit

Smoothing Circuit Converter

5V Rectified VoltageCircuit (x3) 12V Rectified VoltageCircuit(X3)

O U T P U T

Line Filter

PWM Control Circuit (ICE2BSO1) Voltage Detection Circuit

33V Rectified Smoothing Circuit

Power IN (120V)

Fig. 14-4

Samsung Electronics

14-3

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-2 AV Codec
DVD MULTI DRIVE (SERVO) ATAPI IEL-P58 U23,U24 M13S128168A (DDR SDRAM) 32bit LOAXIAL OPTILAL

SDRAM I/F

Audio output block

AIC1 PCM1742KE (AUDIO D/A)

AUDIO OUT (Digital,Ainalog) HOST I/F

I2S

VIDEO OUT DIC3 AM29DL323GB (Flash Memory) 16bit

Y,Pb,Pr, Y/C, CVBS

Video output block

DIC1 DMN8602 (A/V CODEC)

IEEE 1934 (DV input) block

PIC1 TSB41AB1 (1394 PHY)

8bit

DV I/F

Audio input block

AIC9 PCM1802 (AUDIO A/D)

I2S

AUDIO IN

Video input block

TIC1 TW9906 (VIDEO DEC)

ITU-R656

VIDEO IN Front Panel I/F

IC601 MN101DF10G (Front MICOM)

Fig. 14-5 Main system control A/V Encoding/Decoding Transcoding/rating IEEE 1394 link layer function ATAPI interface with DVD-Multi Drive Analog Progressive/interlaced video output

14-4

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-2-1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Samsung S5L3200 MPEG AV Codec is designed to provide a cost-effective, low power size and high performance DVD recorder solution for DVD-VR, DVD-video, DVD-audio & many of CD applications. To reduce total system cost, The S5L3200 also provides the following features: a front-end controller, a back-end decoder, a control CPU with separate 4KB instruction and 4KB data cache, an improved audio DSP, a programmable video encoder with a dual output capability of interlaced and progressive scan, DDR memory controller, 4-channel timers with PWM, I/O ports, 5-channel 10-bit DACs, 2-channel UARTs with handshake, IIC bus interface, IIS bus interface, SPI, dual ATAPI, IEEE1394, USB 1.1 Host I/F and PLL for clock generation.

14-2-2 A/V Processor (V1) Functional Description

1) RISC processor architecture ARM940T core processor Fully 16/32-bit RISC architecture Harvard cache architecture with separate 4KB instruction and 4KB data cache Protection unit to partition memory and set individual protection attributes for each partition Up to 200 MHz operating frequency. 2) Memory controller Address space: 256 M-byte for each bank (total 1 Gbyte space) Supports programmable 8/16-bit data bus width for ROM/SRAM interface Supports 16-bit data bus width for DDR-SDRAM interface 3 memory banks; 2 memory banks for ROM, SRAM etc, 1 memory bank for SDRAM Fully programmable access cycles for all memory banks Supports external wait signal to expand the bus cycle. 3) Cache memory 64 way set-associative cache with I-cache (4KB) and Dcache (4KB) 8-words per line with one valid bit and two dirty bits per line Pseudo random or round robin replacement algorithm Write through or write back cache operation to update the main memory Write buffer can hold 8 words of data and four addresses. Clock & power manager Low power consumption On-chip PLLs Clock can be fed selectively to each function block by software Power mode: normal, slow and idle mode (normal mode: normal operating mode, slow mode: low frequency clock without PLL, idle mode: stop CPU clock only) Wake up by interrupt from idle mode.

Samsung Electronics

14-5

Circuit Operating Descriptions

4) Interrupt controller 32 interrupt sources (watch dog timer, 4 timers, UARTs, 8 external interrupts, IIC, IIS, SPI, IR, etc.) Edge detect mode on external interrupt source Programmable polarity of rising and falling Supports FIQ (fast interrupt request) for very urgent interrupt request. 5) Video pre-processor Noise reduction by motion-compensated temporal filtering Bitmap generation for motion estimation of MPEG encoder Scene change detection. 6) MPEG video encoder Encodes MPEG1 & MPEG2 video stream (MP@ML) Efficient motion estimation by hierarchical motion vector search and binary image matching. 7) MPEG video decoder Decodes MPEG1 & MPEG2 video stream (MP@ML) Error detection and autonomous error concealment. 8) Audio DSP Decodes Dolby AC-3, MPEG1, MPEG2, DTS, MLP, HDCD, AAC and WMA Supports down mix MAC2424 for audio signal processing 24-bit high performance fixed-point DSP coprocessor, 24x24 MAC operation in 1 cycle. 2 multiplier accumulator registers, 4 general accumulator registers, and 8 pointer registers.

14-6

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-3 SERVO (DVP Multi Drive)

1) Pick-Up Data in the disc is processed from the optical pick-up unit (OPU). OPU includes the Elantec chip (EL6912c) which is a highly integrated laser diode driver designed to support multi-standard writable optical drives. This chip also has an IV amplifier with concurrent read and write sampling. The architecture allows reprogramming of the timers to support different media DVD or CD standards, and different speed. 2) A-Chip A chip is RF processor. This module performs RF signal processing which includes RFIP, RFIN, AGC, RF equal izer. This processor is able to detect tracking error, focus error and various signals such as CE, PE, SBAD, DEFECT, BCA, MIRROR, Wobble, TZC, RC, and RECD. 3) C-Chip C-Chip is composed of DP1, PRML and WS. First, the Data processor1 (DP1) performs EFM/EFM+ Demodulation and data is stored in the buffer memory in data processor2 (DP2). DVD data in this buffer is transferred to CSS/ATAPI through error-correction code (ECC), descramble process and error detection code (EDC). Second, WS performs the following processes. ! Delay compensation using Shift register @ Sample/Hold pulse generation # I/V Gain Control $ Providing clock for RF chip % OPC Control signal generation Lastly, PRML completes the adaptive EQ/VD and Digital PLL. 4) D-Chip D-Chip consists of Servo DSP, DP2 and 1Mbit memory. Servo DSP is dealing with controlling the servo-mecha nism in DVD recorder. Servo-DSP has the following features. ! Bulit-in 10Bit ADC(8ch), DAC(3ch) and PWM(7ch) @ Step Motor Control Logic: Macro/Micro Step # Track Counter: long distance velocity control direct seek $ Shock/Defect detection % Header (DVD-RAM)/Land Pre-Pit (DVD-R/RW) Detection ^ Several Servo Monitor Signal Detection & RF IC Interface * Micom Interface ( Digital Servo Control of focus, tracking, sled and seek ) Disc Auto-Detection 1 Automatic Adjustment of the offset, balance and gain of Focus and Tracking Signal 2 Direct Seek with Velocity Control 3 Step Motor Control: Macro Seek 4 De-Track and Lens Shift Detection and Compensation 5 Center Error Control 6 DVD Layer Jump 7 Tilt Detect and Compensation DP2 performs High Speed ECC and CD DA Decoder.

Samsung Electronics

14-7

Circuit Operating Descriptions

5) ATAPI Controller ATAPI (ATA Packet Interface) the standard interface protocol used to connect the CD/DVD Drive to IDE inter face. Data from the front-end is processed to back-end through this ATAPI protocol. Sanyo chip (LC98600CTXB0) is utilized for ATAPI interface. LC98600CT-XB0 has the following features. ! ECC and EDC correction/addition for CD-ROM data @ Subcode decoding/encoding # Spindle servo control $ CLV/CAV servo control using ATIP data % ATIP decoding and CRC check functions ^ Providing random EFM output for PCA use & High-accuracy write strategy signal output enabled (CD-R 52x) * Buffer RAM can be accessed by the microcontroller through the LC98600CT-XB0 ( Built-in ATA-PI(IDE) interface (supports Ultra DMA modes 0,1, and 2) ) 52x decoding speed/52x encoding speed supported with 33.8688Mhz 1 Maximum transfer speed PIO mode: 16.6 MB/s (with IORDY), Ultra-DMA: 66MB/s (with DMARQ) 2 User can freely set the CD main channel, C2 flag, and subcode areas in buffer RAM 3 Built-in batch transfer function for transferring (CD main channel, C2 flag, etc., in a single operation) 4 Built-in multi-transfer function (allows multiple blocks to be sent to the host automatically in a single operation)

A.chip (RIC1) FPD,PD,I/V amp RF Signal (AGC/EQ)

C.chip (CIC1)

D.chip (DIC1)

PRML SERVO Processor

HOST

Servo Error (FE/TE/CE/PE SBAD/RC/TILT) ENDEC Pick up LD,LD Driver Focus Actuator Tracking Actuator APC & OPC TILT Actuator WRITE STRATEGY Tray Motor Motor Driver Miscellaneous Signal (DFT/LPP /WOBBLE)

ECC Processor

ATAPI chip (ZIC1)

Sled Motor

Spindle Motor

Deck

MICOM (MIC1)

Fig. 14-6

14-8

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-4 Video Input

14-4-1 Video Input Outline
The model specified in this book uses service manual is the two Line Video input. Line 1 Video input is CVBS1 & S-Video1 at the Rear Panel. Line 2 Video input is CVBS2 at the Front Panel. The analog Video signal select Line 1 or Line 2 by the IC601 (Front Micom). TIC1 (Video Decoder) diverges from the 27MHz crystal, then generates ITU-R656 (10bits) and 27MHz clock. TIC1 (Video Decoder) does closed caption, copy guard detect processing and A/D conversion of analog Video signal converted into 11bit Digital Video signal (ITU-R656 Format) is outputted via DIC1 (MPEG2 Decoder & Encoder with video Encoder) of digital part.

RF Line 1 (Rear) Video Input

CVBS CVBS 1 Y1 C1 CVBS2 Y SV1274 Analog Mux IC801 CVBS ITU-R656 10bit 27MHz

Line 2 (Front) Video Input

Video Decoder TIC1

V_SYNC /RSTAV SCL SDA

A/V CODEC DIC1

Fig. 14-7

14-4-2 Analog Mux (BU4052)

IC201 is Analog Mux. As Pin 9, 10 of the IC201 are controlled by the Front Micom, IC201 select RF OF CVBS(Pin12) Line1 of CVBS[Pin14] and Line2 of CVBS[Pin 15]. The analog Video Signal of IC201 output is selected by the ic601 via TIC1(Video Decoder : TW9906) of analog Video input parts. IC801 is Analog Mux. As Pin53, 54 of the IC801 are controlled by the Front Micom, IC801 select RF OF CVBS(Pin2) Line1 of CVBS[Pin4] and Line2 of CVBS[Pin 6]. The analog Video Signal of IC801 output is selected by the ic601 via TIC1(Video Decoder : TW9906) of analog Video input parts.

Samsung Electronics

14-9

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-4-3 NTSC/PAL Video Decoder (TW9906 : Video Decoder)

The TIC1 (Video Decoder : TW9906) device is a high quality, single-chip digital video decoder that digitizes and decodes all popular baseband analog video formats into digital component video. The TIC1 (Video Decoder : TW9906) supports the analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion of component RGB and YPbPr signals, as well as the A/D conversion and decoding of NTSC, PAL and SECAM composite and S-video into component YCbCr. This TIC1 (Video Decoder : TW9906) includes four 10-bit 30-MSPS A/D converters. and A/D conversion of 10bit analog Video signal converted into Digital Video signal (ITU-R656 Format) is outputted via DIC1 (MPEG2 Decoder & Encoder with video Encoder) of digital part. The following output formats supply 10-bit 4:2:2 YCbCr to the DIC1 (MPEG2 Decoder & Encoder with video Encoder) of digital part. On CVBS and S-video inputs, the user can control video characteristics such as contrast, Brightness, saturation, and hue via an I2C DIC1 port [PIN V17, V18] interface. The TW9906 decoder includes methods for advanced vertical blanking interval (VBI) data retrieval. The VBI data processor (VDP) slices, parses, and performs error checking on teletext, closed caption (CC), Copy Guard Detect Processing and other VBI data.

14-10

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-5 Video Output

14-5-1 Outline
DIC1 (MPEG2 Decoder & Encoder with video Encoder) diverges from the 13.5MHz crystal, then generates VSYNC and HSYNC. DIC1 (MPEG2 Decoder & Encoder with video Encoder) does RGB encoding, copy guard processing and D/A conversion of 10bit Video signal converted into analog signal is outputted via amplifer of analog part.

CVBS Y C A/V CODEC DIC1 Y Cb Cr MM1692 VIC1 LOW PASS FILTER (6MHz) 6dB AMP & 75ohm Drive

CVBS

Y C Y Cb Cr

Front Micom IC601

PSO

Fig. 14-8

14-5-2 NTSC/PAL Digital

DIC1 inputted from pin E1 with 13.5MHz generates HSYNC and VSYNC which are based on video signal. DIC1 is synchronous signals with decoded video signal. The above signals, which are CVBS (Composite Video Burst Synchronized), Y(S_Video), C(S_Video), Y(Component)/G(Green), Cr(component)/R(Red), Cb(component)/B(Blue), are selectively outputted 480i (interlaced Video Output), 480P(progressive Video Output) by the Pront button DiC1 adopts 10bit D/A converter. DIC1 perform video en-coding as well as copy protection.

Samsung Electronics

14-11

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-5-3 Amplifier (MM1692)

VIC1 of JACK PCB is 6dB amplifier. Based on CVBS signal, the final output level must be 2Vpp without 75ohm terminal resistance. Because the level of video encoder output is only 1Vpp, the level is adjusted with the special amplifier. When mute of pin 5 is high active, if the pin is floating and connect to power, the output signal is never outputted. Y, C, Y(R), Cb(B), Cr(R) outputted from video encoder are inputted to VIC1 [Pin14, 16, 13, 12, 11] respectively. And CVBS Output[Pin 15] is made by Y & C Mixing signal. The signal to which gain is adjusted by amplifier is outputted from jack via 75ohm Resistance (VDR1,2,4,5,6,).

14-12

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-6 Audio
14-6-1 Input Block
This Model has two stereo line input terminals. and internal TV-audio from RF Tuner Block. These three Analog audio signal source are converted to digital data by Input Block. Input Block has a Multiplexer (IC801), A/D converter (AIC2). IC801 change its output by selection control signal from IC601 (Front Micom).

14-6-2 Output Block

The model specified in this service manual has two stereo analog line out terminal, and two digital output terminal. Decoded signal by DIC1 is inputted to AIC1 (D/A Converter), then filtered and amplified by AIC4 (OP-Amp). And the digital audio signal (IEC-958) is drived by AIC3 inverter and ouputted in Optical/Coaxial (S/PDIF) terminal.

Line Input 1 (Rear) Line Input 2 (Front) TV Audio (from tuner block)

L1-in R1-in L2-in L2-in RF-L RF-R IC801 SV1274 Multiplexer

AIC81 4560 OP-AMP AIC9 PCM1803 (Audio A/D Coverter)

SCKI BCK LRCK DOUT

AIC82 4560 OP-AMP

DIC1 S5L3200 A/V Processor (Dolby AC-3 Encoder/Decoder)

IC601 (micro controller)

Line out 1 (Rear) Line out 2 (Rear) Optical Out Coaxial Out

AIC4 4560 OP-AMP

SCKI BCK L-out R-out (Audio D/A Coverter) AIC1 PCM1742KE LRCK DOUT ML MC MD

AIC3 74HCU04 (Inverter for Digital Out)

IEC958 DATA

Fig. 14-9 Samsung Electronics 14-13

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-7 Tuner
1) Low Pass Filter & High Pass Filter This consists of IF trap circuit and UHF & VHF separation circuit. If the input signal is IF (45.75MHz), this filter prevents interference. 2) Single tune This consists of a filter circuit, RF AMF, impedance conversion circuit, image trap and a single tuning circuit. It prevents noise and other interference signals. It is a very important part which improves NF (noise figure) and prevents the various of spurious signals. 3) RF AMF RF AMF is made of FET (Field Effects Transistor). It is controlled by AGC coming from IF DEMOD block. 4) Double tune It consists of a double tuning circuit to improve characteristic of rejection that results in a better band characteristic. 5) Mixer IC (Mixer, OSC, PLL) It consists a VHF and UHF OSC and Mixer circuit. We applied mixer to make better characteristic of rejection, it shows especially various beat characteristic. 6) PLL IC The PLL IC plays a role selection of Tuner channel. It was built-in three wire PLL IC, charge pump and band driver. The minimum of step frequency is 31.25KH z.

a Fran Modulafor

VHF 8.P.F ~ ~ ~

VHF SingleTune

c VHF RF Amp

VHF Double Tune

<AGC > e 1 3 Mixer 5 IF Amp 12 < +B > IF Single < IF >

Fram IF Sectlon

TO IF Sect lon

Fram IF Sect lon

OSC 8uffer

VHF OSC f PLL IC 10 7 8 9 OSC Amp Prog.Dirlder 4

V V U 9 8 6
L
H

Mix IC IC100

1/8 Prescaler

Band Driver 4MHz 15 X-tal ~ 1

Band Driver

2 VHF OCS VHF L.P.F

Phese Code

3wice Bas Recelver

1 Charge Pump 14 13 12

VHF Single Tune

VHF -RF Amp

VHF Mixer VHF Double Tune VHF OSC

16

^ PB

& TU

* ( ) CLOCK DATA ENABLE

1 LOCK

Fig.14-10

14-14

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-8 IF
1) SAW FILTER It passes only needed band of the signal that is converted to IF frequency and decrease the others band to minimize the effect of adjacent channel. 2) RF AGC Control It used adjusting to determine RF AGC working point in tuner. 3) VCO Tank When VCO tank detects PLL, it makes the signal which sets a standard. 4) AFT (Auto Frequency Tuning) AFT automatically controls the oscillator frequency in the tuner, so that it retains a constant level. It is a quadrature detection type. The carrier, which is detected from video det is directly input to AFT. The 90 degree delayed phase signal is input at the same time to AFT and, the results come out. 5) IF AMP IF signal , which is selected in Saw filter, is amplified in IF amp frequency enough to be detected. The IF amp has parallel inputs & outputs structure.

d 4.5 MHz Tunlng b RF AGC Control

1 FM Det 2

Lim Amp AGC

24

SIF filter 4.5MHz

Video Det 4 Video Amp 21

From Tuner Section

a SAM Filter (IF Amp)

5 6 APC Det N.S.C APC Tine Const SW VCD Lock Det IF AGC EQ.Amp B/W 19 SIF Trap

17 16 15 14 c VCD Tank

To Tuner Section RF AGC

Pra Amp 10 11 AFT Tank 12 RF AGC Amp AFT

Mix

To Tuner Section

3 +B

4 AUDIO OUT

5 AFT OUT

6 VIDEO OUT

Fig. 14-11

Samsung Electronics

14-15

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-9 VCR System Control

REMOCON

LED DISPLAY

SYSTEM CONTROL MECHA BLOCK

DVD BLOCK

MICOM SERVO OSD

A/V IC
IIC COMMON

Hi-Fi/MTS

EPROM IC

SERVO BLOCK

I/O IC801

TM BLOCK

Fig. 14-12 Micom Block Diagram

(1) Outline
The system control circuit inputs the commands given by the operator to set the mechanism and circuit to the commanded mode. The circuit also inputs the detected output from the tape and mechanism protection sensor and protects the VCR and tape against abnormal operation. Fig. 14-11 is a simplified system control block diagram. The system control is performed by 4 control sections. (System and timer control, Servo control, F/S Tuner, On Screen Display).

14-16

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

Fig. 14-13 IC601 Block Diagram

Samsung Electronics

14-17

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(2) Mechanism/Circuit Control

When the u-COM inputs operators commands via the key input or remote input, the mechanism and circuits are set to the command mode. This function controls mechanism/servo section and audio/video processing section. 1) Cassette Loading Control Controls loading and ejection of a cassette and determines the mechanism operation mode; tape loading/ unloading, action/release of various breaks, tension, take up mechanism etc. 2) Tape Protection Sensor Monitoring Detects abnormal operation in tape using the supply and take up end sensor, reel sensor and SW 30Hz pulse for drum rotation. 3) Capstan Motor Control Determines the tape speed and direction, fast forwards and rewinds the tape etc. 4) Tape Counter Control Counts the control pulses on the control track, picked up by the control head and shows it on the digital multidisplay. 5) Servo Control Determines the operation mode of the servo circuit. Control the speed of drum and capstan motor, and then Control the phase of drum and capstan motor. 6) Record Safety Tap Detection Detects the safety tab on the rear of a cassette to prevent a prerecorded program from being erased. 7) Loading/Unloading control Controls a series of loading/unloading operation after the u-COM judges the operation mode and sets the mechanism to suitable mode. Fig. 14-13 show correlation between u-COM and peripheral components during the loading/unloading operation. The mechanism state switch (PROG. SW) detects the mechanism position. When the driving gear is turned by the loading motor, the switch driving slider traces the groove, and this switch stops at the correct position corresponding to each mode. In other words, the u-COM judges the present mechanism state from the PROG SW after receiving the mode data, then it outputs the loading motor and capstan motor control signals. This continues until the PROG SW reaches the correct state by the u-COM.

FUNCTION-TIMER OPERATION MODE DISPLAY AND KEY MATRIX <u-COM> SYSTEM CONTROL/ OSD SERVO BLOCK DFG,DFG CFG CAPSTAN MOTOR ASSY (3 in 1)

MECHANISM STATE INFORMATION PROG SW

CAPSTAN / DRUM MOTOR

LOADING MOTOR

LOADING GEAR

Fig. 14-14 The Relationship Between u-COM, Capstan, Cylinder and Loading Motor

14-18

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(3) Program SW Input

The mechanism state for each mode is shown in table 1 below. The mechanism state is classified into position, and correlation between the switch position and mechanism state is shown in table 1, also. <Table 14-1 : Prog. SW State in Each Mode> POSION STANBY POWER OFF LOADING START LOADING END REV PLAY STOP 1 STOP 2 FF/REW 1 FF/REW 2 A 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 CAM S/W B 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 C 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 START SEN 0 1 1 1 X X 1 X X X ACTION MODE Eject Unload POWER OFF (Tape loading start point) (Tape loading end point) Reverse picture search, reverse SLOW Play, Rec, F-PS, Still, SLOW, F-ADV Stop (Play position 5 Min. over) (MAIN Break ON MODE) High speed Rew, Low speed FF High speed FF, Low speed Rew

(4) Motor Control

In case of Scorpio-2 Deck, Loading Motor Drive IC lies in Capstan Motor, not like Scorpio-1 Deck. In detail, Capstan Motor Drive IC is designed to drive Loading Motor + Capstan Motor + Cylinder Motor in one IC. (See Fig. 14-14) <Table 14-2 : Motor Control Logic> CN604-PIN10 0 ~ 1V 2 ~ 3V 4 ~ 5V MOTOR Reverse Stop Forward

Samsung Electronics

14-19

14-20
CN1 + HU HV HW + +

Circuit Operating Descriptions

C1

C2

PIN# 1 2
R2

FUNCTION C FGOUT C Vco1(B+) C Vcc(5V) C F/R C I-LIM

R3

3 4 5

R4 C11 C9 M.R(360PPR) C10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 HVHV+ HWHW+ CFG(D) Vcc(5V) CFG(A) CFG(IN) I-LIM F.C PWM S-GND 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

HU+ HUF/R VCO (B+) RFS RFP M/T-GND W-OUT V-OUT U-OUT LD-L2 LD-GND

6 7 8 9 10 11

C M/T-GND C S-GND D/L Vco2(B+) C-VCTL L L-IN D PG-FG OUT 12 PIN# D-VCTL
CN2

LB11885 (48-SS0P)
GND

GND

C13

R5 C3 C7 C6 C12 C5

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 LD-VREG V-CTL D-BFG D-PGO2 D-CTL LD-IN D-C1 D-C2 D-F.C D-CX D-VCOIN D-PCOUT 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

LD-VCO LD-LI D-UOUT D-VOUT D-WOUT D-RS D-MCOM D-VCO D-M/T GND D-PGO1 D-PGIN+ D-PGIN-

C4

FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 D PG+ D PGD M/T-GND D M/T-COM D W-OUT D V-OUT

C14 C15

Fig. 14-15 Loading Motor + Capstan Motor + Cylinder Motor Block Diagram
R8

R6

C17

C16

7 8 9 10 11

D U-OUT N.C LD OUT-1 N.C LD OUT-2

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(5) Stop Mode

The VCR enters the stop mode when the stop button is pressed during playback, record, rewind and fast forward mode. When trouble is detected, the VCR enters the stop mode to protect the tape and mechanism or when the tape reaches the end, etc. State Input ; Power switch on position. Stop button operation in all mode, except for timer recording and XPR.

(6) Play Mode

State input ; Play button operated in stop, fast forward, rewind, forward search, reverse search, still mode, etc., Indication output ; PLAY lights in LED Module. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) : H

(7) Trick Play Mode

Trick play modes are classified into forward search, reverse search, still, slow and frame advance. Audio signal is muted by pin 32 of IC601 (A.MUTE). V-lock is controlled by pin 24 of IC601.

(8) Forward Search Mode

7 Times play speed search in SP and SLP, 21 times play speed search in SLP. State input ; Press the fast forward button on the VCR front panel or the remote control in play or still mode. Indication output ; FPS display in LED Module during 3 seconds. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) : H IC601 Pin 32 (A.MUTE) : H

(9) Reverse Search Mode

7 times play speed reverse search in SP, 21 times play speed reverse search in SLP. State input ; Press the rewind button on the VCR front panel or on the remote control in play or still mode. Indication output ; RPS display in LED Module during 3 seconds. Output ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) :L IC601 Pin 32 (A.MUTE) :H

(10) Slow Mode

State input ; Press button and then press button on the remote control. The slow speed can be changed when or button is pressed. Indication output ; SLOW lights in LED Module. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) :H IC601 Pin 32 (A.MUTE) :H

Samsung Electronics

14-21

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(11) Play/Still Mode

The same track is traced by the video heads. State input ; Press button in play modes. Indication output ; STILL display in LED Module. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) :H IC601 Pin 32 (A.MUTE) :H

(12) Record Mode

Must use a cassette with the safety tab. Index signal is recorded on the control track of the tape at the start of recording. State input ; Press the record button during stop mode and record pause mode or at the preset time reached in the timer record mode. Press the REC button in stop mode. Indication output ; REC lights in LED Module in normal record mode, 0:30, 1:00, 1:30, 2:00, 3;00 or 4:00 display in timer XPR modes. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) :H

(13) Record Pause Mode

The pinch roller is released from the capstan shaft in a moment. The brake is applied to the take up reel to prevent tape slack during the record pause mode. State input ; Press button in the record mode. Note : Inoperative during recording and XPR mode. Indication output ; PAUSEdisplay in LED Module.

(14) Fast Forward Mode

Tape fast forward operation using capstan motor. State input ; Press the rewind button in the stop or fast forward modes. Indication output ; FF lights in LED Module. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) : H

(15) Rewind Mode

Tape rewind operation using the capstan motor. State input ; Press the rewind button in the stop or fast forward modes. Indication output ; REW lights in LED Module. Output at ; IC601 Pin 46 (CAP F/R) : L

(16) Rewind Shut-Off Mode

Tape rewind operation then power off mode. State input ; Press the power button in the rewind mode.

14-22

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(17) Trouble Detection

The trouble detection circuits are provided to protect the from damage (Fig. 14-15). The reel lock sensor detects incorrect rotation of supply and take up reel. The reel lock sensor consists of the disk and photo sensor installed at the bottom of the reel disk. the disk has 6 or 8 shielder parts and the photo sensor consists of the LED and photo transistor assembly. When the light is shielded by the the shielder or enters the photo transistor, the output is obtained from the photo sensor. IC601 measures the period of the pulse. When it is 4 seconds or more during record/play, the VCR enters the reel emergency mode. The VCR maintains the unload-power-on state in the reel emergency.

R607 R605

R606

65

82

C602

R604

R603
2

R601

R602

Fig. 14-16 Reel and Cylinder Lock T.END/S.END Sensor

(18) Cylinder Lock Sensor

If the frequency of D-FG is less than 230Hz or more than 430Hz during 500msec, and such stuation occurs 3 times contined, micom makes the VCR drum emergency.

(19) Tape End Sensor

When end sensor detects the transparent section at the end of tape, the VCR enters auto rewind mode, except during timer recording and OTR mode. The cassette LED emits light through the transparent section of tape to the photo transistors, which are installed at both ends of the cassette. When start sensor detects the start section of the tape during reverse search and rewind, the VCR automatically goes to stop mode.

Samsung Electronics

14-23

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(20) Tape Counter Control

Fig. 14-16 is a simplified diagram of the tape counter control circuit. The tape counter in the u-COM counts the control pulses derived from control head. The control signal on the control track of the tape is picked up by the control head and supplied to pins 74, 75 of IC601. The control pulse is amplified by the u-COM IC. The u-COM determines the tape direction so the counter counts up when the CAP F/Rsignal is Hi and the counter counts down when the CAP F/R signal is Low. By counting the control pulse, the counter data is supplied to the VF display. Counter displays the time and it is increased or decreased by one minute after counting 1800 control pulses. Counter mode is switched to clock mode when the display button is pushed or when the VCR goes to power off mode. When the Clear button is pressed, the counter is reset to 00 : 00. The tape counter has a memory stop function. LED DISPLAY

Drive IC IC701

Pin 83 ~ 85

74 75

Fig. 14-17 Counter Display

14-24

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(21) Timer/OTR Control

The timer can preset 12 programs in one month including daily and weekly programs. Express recording lets the operator record up to 4 hours without programming the timer.

(22) Clock Display

The clock generator inside of the u-COM counts the oscillation signal of XT601 for the timer clock data.

(23) Power Failure Detection

u-COM goes to the power failure mode when the 88 port is lower than 4/5 of AD Vcc level.

(24) 4HD Control

During trick play (still,slow,F-advance), it is necessary to control pre-amp,video circuit. the micom control pin 98 (C-ROTARY), pin 99 (HD-AMP) of the IC601 during PB period in Slow mode. These port is applied to video IC to operate the trick play.

Samsung Electronics

14-25

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-10 VCR Servo

(1) Outline
The servo system is divided into three loops. The cylinder servo controls the rotation of video heads, the capstan servo controls the tape speed, and the tension. In addition its necessary to control cylinder motor, especially during trick play in 4HD models. The tension servo maintains the tape tension constant: it keeps the compression strength of tape against the video heads at the optimum level so that a stable RF signal is produced during recording and playback. The tension servo operation is entirely mechanical. The cylinder servo loop controls the phase and speed of the cylinder motor. The speed is kept at a constant 1800 RPM and the phase determines the mechanical position relative to the vertical Sync signal. The capstan servo loop controls the phase and speed of the capstan motor so that the video head can trace the video track correctly. It keeps tape speed constant according to the mode (SP, SLP)during playback and recording. <Table 14- 3 : Servo System Signal> MOTOR SYSTEM MODE REC CYLINDER (VIDEO HEAD) (4H' D) SPEED SPEED& PHASE COMMON TRICK PLAY (STILL. SLOW) REC PHASE CAPSTAN SPEED (4H' D) PB COMMON CTL 30Hz 8MHz CAPSTAN FG 8MHz CYLINDER FG(720Hz) MICOM CONTROL CYLINDER SPEED TO MATCH H-SYNC SPEED DIVIDED CFG PULSE REF 30Hz PHASE PB REF30Hz REFERENCE SIGNAL V-SYNC SW 30Hz COMPARISON SIGNAL

SPEED& PHASE

TRICK PLAY (STILL. SLOW)

MICOM CONTROL CAPSTAN DRIVE SIGNAL WITH CAP C.L

14-26

Samsung Electronics

Samsung Electronics DPG comparator DPG signal DFG amplifier DFG signal Kv (Drum speed gain) Digital filter Kp (Drum phase gain) Digital filter Kp Digital filter Bias value addition PWM conversion Motor driver (Capstan phase gain) Kv CFG amplifier CFG signal Carrier rejection filter Carrier rejection filter Capstan motor M Digital filter PWM conversion Motor driver M Drum motor Remark The broken line indicates the internal processing of the MICOM
Circuit Operating Descriptions

HSW generation

Speed error detection

RECCTL generation

Phase error detection

Fig. 14-18 Block Diagram

RECCTL head

Phase detection

PBCTL amplifier

Speed error detection

Vertical sync signal VSYNC separation circuit

composite sync signal

14-27

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(2) Capstain Speed Error Detector

The capstan speed control operates so as to hold the capstan at a constant rotational speed, by measuring the period of the CFG signal. A digital counter detects the speed deviation from a preset value. The speed error data is added to phase error data in a digital filter. this filter controls a pulse-width modulate (PWM) output, which controls the rotational speed and phase the captain. When the error is zero, the PWM circuit outputs a waveform with a 50% duty cycle. The CFG input signal from the capstan motor is a square wave the CFG input signal is compared by a comparator and than sent to speed error detector as the CFG signal. The speed error detector uses the system clock to measure the period of the CFG signal, and detects the deviation from a preset data value. The preset data is the value that would result from measuring the CFG signal period with the clock signal if the capstan motor were running at the correct speed. The error detector operates by latching a counter value when it detects an edge of the CFG signal. the latched counter provides 16 bits of speed error data for the digital filter to operate on. The digital filter adds the speed error data to phase error data from the capstan phase control system,then sends the result to the pulse-width modulator as capstan error data.

(3) Capstain Phase Error Detector

The capstan phase error detector consists of a 16-bit counter, a capstan phase preset data register pair, a latch signal circuit driven by a feedback signal, and a captain phase error data register pair. The capstan phase control in rec mode is executed by comparing HD S/W, which is synchronized with V-sync, with devided CFG signal. And than it does in playback mode by comparing HD S/W, which is synchronized with DFG and DPG, with PB CTL signal. The latch signal for the phase error data in record mode is the devied CFG signal, which is devided from the CFG signal in the CFG frequency devider to a frequency of 30HZ. In playback, the latch signal is the devied CFG signal obtained by frequency division from the rising edge of PBCTL signal (playback control pulse signal). The error data is a signed binary value centered on a phase error of zero (corresponding to the correct rotational phase). If the phase legs the correct phase ,the error is positive (+). If the phase leads the correct phase, the error is negative (-).

(4) Drum Speed Error Detector

Drum speed control operates so as to hold the drum at a constant rotational speed, by measuring the period of the DFG signal. A digital counter detects the speed deviation from a preset value. The speed error data is added to phase error data in a digital filter. The filter controls a pulsewidth modulated (PWM) output,which controls the rotational speed and phase of the drum. The DFG input signal from the drum motor is a square wave. The DFG input signal is compared by a comparator and than sent to the speed error detector as the DFG signal. The speed error detector uses the system clock to measure the period of the DFG signal, and detects the deviation from a preset data value. The preset data is the value that would result from measuring the DFG signal period with the clock signal if the drum motor were running at the correct speed. The error detector operates by latching a counter value when it detects an edge of the DFG signal. The latched count provides 16 bits of speed error data for the digital to operate on. The digital filter adds the speed error data to phase error data from the drum phase control system, then sends the result to the pulse-width modulator as drum error data.

14-28

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(5) Drum Phase Error Detector

Drum phase control must start operating after the drum motor is brought to the correct rotational speed by the speed control system . Drum speed control works as follows in record and playback. - Record : Phase is controlled so that the vertical blanking intervals of the recorded video signal will line up along the edge of the tape. - Playback : Phase is controlled so as to trace the recorded tracks accurately. A digital counter detects the phase deviation from a preset value. The phase error data is added to speed error data in a digital filter. this filter controls a pulse-width modulated (PWM) output, which controls the rotation phase and speed of the drum.When the error is zero, the PWM circuit outputs a waveform with a 50% duty cycle. The phase counter error detector compares the phase of the DPG pulse (tach pulse),which contains video head phase information, with a reference signal. In the actual circuit , the comparison is carried out by comparing the head-switching (HSW) signal,which is delayed by a counter that is reseted by DPG, with a reference signal. The reference signal is the REF 30Hz signal,which differs between record and playback as follows. - Record : V sync signal extracted from the video signal to be recorded (frame rate signal, actually 1/2V sync). - Playback : 30Hz signal divided from the system clock.

Samsung Electronics

14-29

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-11 VCR Video

(1) Luminance Signal Recording System

39

34

AGC DET VIDEO 1N 28 VIDEO AGC 6dB AMP F. B CLAMP QV/QH INSERT

CCD

LPF

YNR Y/C COMB

3 MHz LPF

VIDEO OUT 26

AMP NL EMPH DETAIL ENH

21

clock data

FM MOD 53 54 REC FM EQ FM AGC +

MAIN EMPH W/D CLIP

CLAMP

22

chip select 55

REC COLOR

REC CURRENT AMP 69 70

73

SP H'D

66

SLP H'D

IC301

LA71207M

Fig. 14-19 Luminance Record Process 1) Outline Fig. 14-19 shows the video signal recording system. The selected video input signal goes to pin 28 of Luma/Chroma processor IC (IC301). And then it enters VIDEO AGC circuit. The gain of AGC circuit is controlled by AGC detector so that the output is constant (approx. 2Vp-p). The output signal of AGC is clamped by the FBC(Feed Back Clamp) circuit. This signal appears at pin 26, after being amplified at the internal video amp and driver. The output signal from the clamp circuit enter the detail enhancer circuit. In the detail enhancer circuit, the low level high frequency video signal is emphasized to improve the original signals frequency characteristics. onlinear emphasis circuit is employed to improve S/N and frequency response characteristics together with the following main emphasis. Noise effects the FM wave at a higher frequency, so the S/N can be improved by emphasizing the higher frequency before recording and by suppressing the play signal during demodulation. The difference of non linear emphasis from main emphasis is that the emphasis characteristics change is depending on the input level. The gain of the emphasis circuit is inversely proportional to the level of the high frequency component of the signal. That is, if the high frequency portion of the signal is low the main emphasis circuit will amplify the signal.

14-30

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

2) Main Emphasis Circuit The dynamically emphasized luminance signal is now supplied to the main emphasis circuit where all the high frequency components of the signal are boosted more than the low frequency components. The boosting action is required for the high frequency components because in the FM recording method, the noise of the playback signal increases in proportion to the modulated signal frequency or low level signal. By using the nonlinear emphasis and main emphasis system, the total S/N ratio is increased. The output of the main emphasis circuit is then supplied to the white and dark clip circuit. 3) White and Dark Clip Circuit After emphasis is performed, large overshoots and undershoots in the luminance signal are limited to a specified level. This is done to avoid FM over modulation. The output of the main emphasis circuit is then supplied to the FM modulator circuit. 4) FM Modulator A. The amplitude of the FM signal is limited, so the signal is recorded on tape near the maximum record level which increases the S/N ratio. B. The FM carrier is set 3.4MHz (at the Sync tips) and the deviation to 4.4MHz by inside IC circuit (for the white peak). The actual device which constitutes the FM modulator is a stable multivibrator. This multivibrator generates a sine wave output of variable frequency. The frequency of sine wave is governed by the level of the processed video signal at any given point. Therefore, the processed video signal varies the frequency of the sine wave which is frequency modulation (FM). During playback in SLP mode, the crosstalk of the adjacent track is more apparent than is standard mode. It appears as jitter and noise on the monitor. To reduce this noise from the screen, the FM carrier frequency has to be 1/2fh shifted up during recording. This is done by applying the head switching pulse to the FM modulator control pin57 during SLP recording. The FM modulated luminance signal goes to record equalizer circuit and it is mixed with chrominance signal at the record Amp circuit inside video IC. 5) Record Amp The frequency modulated luminance signal and chroma signal are mixed in the record amp of pre-amp block inside video IC. Then this mixed signal is amplified and supplied to the video heads via the rotary transformer and recorded on the magnetic tape. Tape speed selection determines which video heads will be used. That is, signal output from pin 66 (SLP) and 73 (SP) of pre-amp block are supplied to video heads. Control signal of speed mode is applied to pin 53(clock), 54(data), 55(chip select) of video IC from Micom IC.

Samsung Electronics

14-31

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(2) Luminance Signal Playback System

PB EQ PHASE CH1 SP H'D CH2 74 91 73 91 72 91

AMP AMP

DOUBLE LIMIT

FM DEMOD SUB LPF 3MHZ LPF MA2N DE-EMPHA

PB FM-EQ

21 91

FM AGC CH2 SLP H'D CH1 67 91 66 65

AMP AMP

CLAMP

22 91

NL DEEMPHA

YNR Y/C COMB

34 91

H'D S/W 57 H'D AMP S/W 58 26 VIDEO OUT 6dB AMP QV/QH F.B CLAMP NOISE CANCELL Y/C MIX PICTURE CTL CCD 39 91

IC301

LA71207M

Fig. 14-20 Luminance Playback Process 1) Outline The video signal recorded on the tape is picked up by CH1,CH2 head and is supplied to pre-amp block via rotary trans. During playback, as per the speed, SP and SLP head is determined by Pin60 of respectively. CH1 signal inputs to Pins 65 and 74 while CH2 signal inputs to Pins 67 and 72 of video IC. The pick up operation is controlled by the head switching pulse inputted to pin 57. During the high portion of the switching pulse, CH2 is picked-up and just the opposite is true for CH1. In the pre amp IC, the FM signal is amplified 60dB and this signal is applied to FM AGC. 2) FM AGC AMP At the FM AGC Amp (FM), signals are automatically balanced. One of the AGC circuit outputs is fed to AGC detector circuit which detects signal level fluctuations. The detector output signal is applied to the FM AGC Amp to keep the output constant.This output is applied to the PB FM EQ block. FM EQ is correct the phase distortion and level. The signal through PB EQ circuit is applied to the double limiter. 3) Double Limiter Circuit A FM signal on the tape which contains AM components will be read during playback. If there is a severe AM component, a drastic drop in FM carrier can occur. This lack of FM carrier can be called a noise region. Double limiting is used for improving the S/N ratio and carrier loss. The playback FM signal is split into two paths, one goes to high pass filler and sub-limiter. The other goes to the main-limiter after passing through a LPF. ONE path of the FM signal goes to the high pass filter, so that the low frequency(AM) component can be removed, and the other carrier is supplied to the sub-limiter. The output signal of sub-limiter is mixed with the signal from the low-pass filter and sent to the FM demodulation circuit.

14-32

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

4) FM DEMODULATOR The FM demodulator consists of a stable mono multivibrator balanced modulator (BM) and a LPF. The FM demodulator circuit first converts the FM signal to a pulse width modulator signal. Then the circuit smoothes the PWM signal to demodulate the video signal. This demodulated signal is fed to the LPF to remove its FM carrier component and any other harmonics. The demodulated luminance signal outputs from Pin 21 and is applied to the 3MHz LPF through main deemphasis circuit. To reduce demodulation noise, the output of the 3MHz LPF is applied to a non-linear deemphasis circuit through YNR circuit. 5) Main De-emphasis Circuit Before modulation, main emphasis was performed. Because the high frequency components of video signal were boosted more than the low frequency components in the recording mode, main deemphasis must be performed to obtain a normal video signal. That is this circuit returns the emphasized high frequency component to the original value. 6) Non Linear De-Emphasis Circuit This circuit is the counter part of the dynamic pre-emphasis circuit during recording. The characteristics are also the opposite of those in recording. 7) Drop Out Compensator/YNR Circuit This circuit compensated for missing parts of the FM signal due to dust, dirt on the tape or irregular tape coating, etc. The clamped video signal is supplied to the CCD 1H circuit. The 1H delayed video signal from CCD block is also supplied to the 6MHz LPF to reject the sampling noise of CCD IC. Then, the output of LPF is applied to Pin 34 of video IC. When the DOC detector detects the FM loss, a 1H delayed video signal is added in place of the missing signal. 8) Noise Canceller Circuit The noise canceller circuit removes the high frequency noise contained in the video signal which has the reverse characteristics of the detail enhance in the recording mode. The output of the noise canceller circuit is supplied to the Luminance and Chrominance mixer circuit. The mixed chroma and luminance signal are then output at Pin 26.

Samsung Electronics

14-33

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(3) Chroma Signal Recording System

39 CCD VIDEO 1N 28 34

VIDEO AGC

LPF

YNR Y/C COMB

3.58 BPF

1MHz LPF

MAIN CONVERTER

BURST EMPHA

ACC AMP

+ REC LUMINANCE 69 70

REC CURRENT AMP

73

SP H'D

66

SLP H'D

IC301

LA71207M

Fig. 14-21 Chrominance Record Process 1) Outline Fig. 14-21 shows the chroma signal recording system. The chroma signal recording process is performed by video IC. The input video signal is fed to Pin 28 of IC and supplied to Y/C COMB circuit through AGC AMP. The output signal of Y/C COMB circuit is applied to ACC amplifier. The ACC amplifier is used for both burst ACC which keeps the burst level at a constant value in recording and the color ACC which controls the reference level of the burst ACC with the color signal level. The color ACC works to maintain a relatively high output level by boosting low level input signals to improve color S/N ratio. The signal is then applied to the burst emphasis circuit. Burst emphasis emphasizes the burst signal by +6dB during recording and feeds it to the main converter. The 3.58MHz signal are mixed in the main converter to perform frequency conversion. The main converter is a mixer having the two types of output components which are the added frequency of 4.21+3.58=7.8MHz and the difference frequency component 629KHz. Added frequency is rejected by the 1MHz LPF and the 629KHz down converted chroma signal is supplied to the luma/chroma mixer of pre-amp block and then recorded on the tape via the record amp and heads. AFC detection is performed with the head switching pulse and the fh signal generated from 321fh VOC output. The detector output controls the VCO frequency which will be locked precisely at 320fh (5.035MHz). he 320fh signal is counted down to 1/8 and the resultant 40fh (=629KHz)carrier signal is phase shifted triggered by each horizontal sync signal which is wave shaped as a 50% duty pulse by the pulse generator. The direction of the rotational phase shift depends on the levels of the rotary head switching signal from pin 57 and when the switching signal is "H" level, the phase is retarded by 90 degrees for every 1H, and when is is at a "L" level it will advance by 90 for every 1H this 40fh phase shifted sub-carrier (PSSC) signal enters the sub-converter and the 3.58MHz carrier signal is locked at the color burst frequency by the record APC. The PSSC signal is frequency converted into 3.58MHz +/-629KHz. Then 4.21MHz component (=3.58MHz+/629KHz)is extracted through a 4.2MHz BPF. The 4.21MHz signal is used as a carrier signal for down conversion of the color signal as described previously.

14-34

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

2) ACC (Automatic Color Gain Control) Circuit The ACC is used as burst ACC in the LP mode, however it is also used for peak ACC in the SP/SLP mode. The purpose of using two different ACC operations is to improve the overall Chroma S/N ratio during playback. In SP and SLP, there is H-sync alignment. This indicates that there is bust alignment as well. Whenever two video tracks overlap or a video head picks up crosstalk from an adjacent track, beats are produced during playback. Perhaps the most noticeable beats are produced by H-sync and burst. But in SP and SLP, these beats occur right at H-sync and burst and are out of the picture. In LP, however, there is no H-sync alignment and these beats can be seen in the picture. To keep the beats at a minimum in LP, we keep the burst level constant so that the beat intensity is constant. We know that ACC acts to improve the color S/N,and in LP, the ACC detector locks at the burst level,and keeps it constant. Thus we have ACC operation with the least beats. In SP and SLP, the beats caused by burst overlap are out of picture, so we don't really mind if the burst level changes or not. To improve the color S/N ratio even more,we use peak ACC in SP and SLP.That is,if the chroma level is too low to record, the amplification degree is increased by 3dB. However, the chroma level is sufficient for recording, this peak ACC is changed to burst ACC to avoid over amplification. By changing the ACC according to picture color content, the burst level may vary. The color ratio improvement is based on the color content itself during SP and SLP provides a somewhat better S/N ratio. 3) Four (4) Phase Rotation CH1 is advanced 90 every channel, while CH2 is delayed 90. When the frequency is set to 629KHz, if phase is shifted by +/-90 it becomes 629KHz +/-90. The 40fh+/-90 (=629KHz +/-90)is balanced modulated via fsc (3.58MHz) depending on which side band is detected. That is, the fs +40fh+/-90 (4.2MHz +/-90) of total frequency is supplied to the main converter. In record mode, the signal operates same as in play back mode. During playback, the phase is returned to original state. 4) AFC (Automatic Frequency Control) Circuit Luminance signal is input to H-sync separator. The H-sync is separated and supplied to phase comparator. This signal can be described as fh (Horizontal Sync frequency of input video signal). However, VCO oscillates at 320fh (5.035MHz). This 321fh is counted down by 1/8 and 1/40 and resultant fh is supplied to phase comparator. fh and fh are supplied to the phase comparator for comparison of their phases. After comparison, the phase differences is output to VCO (320fh) in terms of error voltage. Therefore, the oscillation frequency of VCO is controlled by this error voltage. That is, if the fh phase is changed by H-sync signal fh, error voltage is changed accordingly and if the phases of fh and fh are met due to change of VCO oscillation frequency, error voltage does not feedback. 320fh VCO is oscillated in accordance with phase sync at fh. Therefore, 40fh input to sub converter by phase shift is always sync horized with phase. The AFC loop performs the same operation during record and playback. In recording, phase of VCO is in accordance with H-sync signal of current video signal. Which in playback, the phase sync of VCO is consistent with H-sync signal which is separated from the video signal.

Samsung Electronics

14-35

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(4) Chroma Signal Playback System

CH1 SP H'D CH2

74 91 73 91 72 91

AMP

AMP

1.3 MHz LPF

AMP

ACC AMP

MAIN CONV

CH2 SLP H'D CH1

67 91 66 65

BURST DE-EMPHA
AMP

3.58MHz BPF 1

YNR Y/C COMB

3.58MHz BPF 2 39 34 26 91 VIDEO OUT

H'D S/W 57 H'D AMP S/W 58 COLOR N.C

CCD

PB AMP

Y/C MIX

IC301

LA71207M

Fig. 14-22 Chrominance Playback Process 1) Outline Fig. 14-22 shows the chroma signal playback system. The FM signals picked up by the CH-1 and CH-2 video heads are supplied to the pre-amp block. The FM signal from CH-1 and CH-2 are alternately selected by the switch and output signal as a continuous signal. Goes to the ACC amp through the 1.3MHz LPF. The 1.3MHz LPF is used for passing only down converted 629KHz chroma signal in the playback mode. The ACC amp stabilizes the 629KHz color signal level. The output color signal from amp then enters the main converter circuit. In the main converter circuit this signal is mixed with the 4.21MHz phase shifted carrier signal and converted into 4.21MHz + 629KHz signals. 2) Main Converter Inside of IC, the main converter converts the 629KHz rotational chroma signal to a 3.58MHz non-rotational signal. The two inputs of this main converter are the 629KHz signal, which comes from the output of the ACC, and a 4.21MHz which has the same rotational phase as the 629KHz signal. It is important that the rotational phase of the 4.21MHz signal is the same direction as the 629KHz playback chroma signal. To obtain the 3.58MHz non-rotational stable signal, the same direction rotational signal should be mixed with the rotational chroma signal. During the conversion process, the phase is also mixed by the frequency. Therefore, when 629KHz is subtraced from 4.21MHz,the result is the non-rotational 3.58MHz stable signal. The output signal of the main converter goes to the 3.58MHz BPF. In the 3.58MHz BPF,the conversion noise(4.21MHz+629KHz=4.8MHz) is rejected and the 3.58MHz color signal goes to the comb filter. In the comb filter, the crosstalk components due to the adjacent track are eliminated and the color signal is applied to PB-AMP, BURST De-Emphasis, Killer and are applied to LUMA and CHROMA mixer input through the CNC block.

14-36

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

VIDEO IN BPF fs = 3.58MHz

REC OUT MAIN CONV ( - ) 40th = 629KHz LPF

BPF fh fs + 40th = 3.58MHz + 0.62MHz = 4.2MHz fs VC0 320fh 320fh = 5.03MHz fh = 15.734 KHz 1/8 D/C 40th = 629KHz SUB CONV ( + ) fs = 3.579545MHz XTAL OSC

Fig. 14-23 Block Diagram of Color REC mode by the method of a Down Converter

PB COLOR IN LPF 40th = 629KHz

PB OUT MAIN CONV ( - ) BPF fs = 3.58MHz

BPF fh fs + 40th = 3.58MHz + 0.62MHz = 4.2MHz fs VC0 320fh 320fh = 5.03MHz fh = 15.734 KHz 1/8 D/C 40th = 629KHz SUB CONV ( + ) fs = 3.579545MHz XTAL OSC

Fig. 14-24 Block Diagram of Color PB mode by the method of a Down Converter

Samsung Electronics

14-37

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-12 Hi-Fi Audio

(1) Outline
Hi-Fi circuit consists of HiFi audio LPF,VCO,BPF,FM detect circuit and switching noise compensator, PRE-AMP etc. Linear audio consists of an ALC circuit,REC EQ circuit and a PB EQ circuit. Hi-Fi and Linear audio share the same input selector,output selector and mute circuit. 1) REC Mode (L-CH Only)

LINEAR OUT 6

LINEAR IN 4 OUT SEL CONV. & LINE AMP 80 LINE OUT

INPUT

IN SEL

ALC

LPF

PNR

MOD

REC AMP

26

REC FM

Fig. 14-25 REC Mode (L-CH Only) 2) PB Mode (L-CH Olny)

LINEAR IN 4 CONV. & LINE AMP OUT SEL

LINE 80 OUT

INPUT

PRE AMP

33

34

BPF

DEMOD

LPF

PNR

Fig. 14-26 PB Mode (L-CH Only)

14-38

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(2) Block Description

1) Input Selector Input selector outputs 1 signal from 4 different signals received. It outputs 1 selected signal from tuner,rear,front. 2) Normal(Linear) Selector Two signals,L-CH and R-CH are inputed to Hi-Fi IC.But,linear audio is capable of receiving only one signal.Therefore,the 2 input signals must be selected. Usually,the outputs are mixed signals of L-CH and R-CH unlike the input selector,the normal selector does not amplify the selected signal. 3) Output Selector It selects to output Hi-Fi L-CH,Hi-Fi R-CH,LINEAR and MIX(Hi-Fi+LINEAR) signals with the final output IC pin 78 (R-CH) and pin 80 (L-CH). 4) Output ALC(Convertor) ALC is used because when the input level of RF converter gets bigger,it shows up as noise on the screen. But,this block is not used this model(ALC OFF) 5) PNR(Peak Noise Reduction) It is a type of emphasis,de-emphasis function to eliminate noise during modulation /demodulation PNR operates as that of VHS FORMAT to reduce noise. 6) Audio Limiter Before modulating the signals from PNR block,it limits signals exceeding the size limit to max deviation of +/150KHz. 7) VCO(Voltage Control Oscillation) It is a modulation function that oscillates 1.3MHz (L-CH) and 1.7MHz (R-CH). 8) RF LPF It is a function to eliminate the harmonic components of Hi-Fi carrier formed during VCO,which may affect other block. Its pass-band approximately 2MHz. 9) MIXER It mixes the Hi-Fi carrier formed in L-CH and R-CH. However,due to the frequency difference between L-CH and R-CH,when equal amount of R-CH is recorded to tape,R-CH is much smaller than L-CH. Therefore,the R-CH output is approximately 10dB bigger than L-CH. 10) Current Amp It is the final amplifier of the mixed Hi-Fi carrier IC pin 28s resistance controls current, which change the size of IC pin 26. 11) AGC(Auto Gain Control) It maintains uniform size of Hi-Fi envelope,which is inputed by pre-amp in play back mode. 12) BPF(Band Pass Filter) L-CH and R-CH each has BPF. The center frequency is same as carrier frequency. It is used to receive only Hi-Fi carrier from all signals inputed to pre-amp. Samsung Electronics 14-39

Circuit Operating Descriptions

13) SW Noise Compensation Unlike the linear audio,insted of using fixed head,drum heads are used,which creates halting points However,in order for the audio to be headed continuously,the damages from halting points are modulated,which creates noise. SW noise compensation is a block to minimize this particular noise. 14) Hold Pulse It makes standard signal(Pulse) to compensate SW noise. 15) DET(Hi-Fi/LINEAR) From the Hi-Fi envelope inputed from pre-amp,it decides whether the signal passing through L-CH BPF is HiFi or LINEAR tape its size(the signal passing through BPF is below 10mVpp, it is not Hi-Fi,therefore,it output linear) 16) DOC(Drop Out Compensation) If demodulation is conducted without properly treating the damage on Hi-Fi envelope caused by scratch on the tape,noise occurs. In order to improve this noise occurrence,DO DET compensate the drop-out using the same methode of compensating the switching noise when the damage on the envelope ranges 10~15mVpp. 17) ENV DET To obtain optimal tracking,envelop must be peak to peak and micom should be in DC. It is a function to convert Hi-Fi envelop to DC. If it is lower than 0.8V at micom,it sends linear mode date to HiFi IC. 18) Serial Data Decoder It receives IIC BUS to enable the operation of inner block and decodes into serial data.

14-40

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(3) Pin Port Description (Tuner Mode ; 1KHz, 100% Modulation Input)
PIN NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 PIN NAME LINE MUTE Linear out to TM Vcc 9V Linear Input Vcc 5V Linear out ti A/V EXT1-INPUT (L) ALC Detector EXT2-INPUT (L) GND EXT3-INPUT (L) Monitor Input (L) Input changeover switch output (L) ALC Input (L) Vcc 5V 1/2 Vcc Rec Mute Terminal NR Waiting Det NR Waiting Filter NR Waiting Filter CCA Reference NR Empha Tracking DC out Audio Pb FM1 GND REC Current OUT Audio Pb FM2 Crrent adjust Alc detector Hi-Fi detector Monitor Vcc 5V Pb FM Out Pb FM Input GND Vcc 5V Serial data input Serial clock input Audio head s/w Mts Mode out 5V 0/5V 0/5V 0/5V Head s/w 30 hz input 1V : mo / 2V : St / 3V : Bi 2.5 V 5V 2.5 V 350 mVp-p 2V/4V 2.4 V 0~5v 2V/4V DC VOLT. 0/5 4.2 V 9V 2.5 V 5V 2.5 V 0 0 0 2.5 V 2.2 V 2.5 V 5V 2.5 V 0V 2.5 V 2.5 V -21 dBV -21 dBV -28.2 dBV Line Input 3 ( DVD ) DVD Audio (L) Input PB/REC sitch output . Transform R/P signals into DC. ALC Input Terminal Power Supply for in/out Select 1/2 Vcc Terminal GND ( Not in use ) Terminal for waiting dector NR Waiting Filter 1 For L-CH NR Waiting Filter 2 For L-CH CCA Reference for L-CH NR Empahasis for L-CH Hi-Fi Env Det Level Output Audio Playbak FM 1 input ( H ) Hi-Fi PRE-AMP GND Rec current out to Head Audio Playbak FM 2 input ( L ) Rec Current adjust point ALC detection Hi-Fi/ Normal detect FM Monitor Power Supply for Hi-Fi Output of HD Amp in PB Mode Input of FM in PB Mode GND FOR LOGIC Power Supply for LOGIC -28.2 dBV -21.5 dBV -28.2 dBV - 28.2 dBV SIGNAL -17 dbm Reduce the line out noise. Converter Model Only Power Supply for in/out Select Audio from A/V IC Power Supply for in/out Select Audio out to A/V IC Line Input 1 ( FRONT ) ALC Detector for RF converter Line Input 2 ( REAR ) REMARK

Samsung Electronics

14-41

Circuit Operating Descriptions

PIN NO. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

PIN NAME CCA Reference NR Empha NR Waiting Filter NR Waiting Filter NR Waiting Det Vcc 5V ALC Input (R) Input changeover switch output (R) Mute Control GND FSC IN DC Reg Stereo PLL filter Vcc 5V Pilot Canceller f FM Filter SIF Input REG Filter Filter Auto Adjust Pilot Det Filter PC_DC_MO PCDOUT PCDIN PCDBXIN Main V/I convert SPE Det V/I convert Spectral DET Wide Band Det EXT1-INPUT (R) GND EXT2-INPUT (R) Wid det V/I convert EXT3-INPUT (R) Monitor Input (R) PCDCOSPE PC_OUT_DBX LINE MUTE ( R ) Line out (R-CH) GND Line out (L-CH)

DC VOLT.

SIGNAL CCA Reference for R-CH NR Empahasis for R-CH

REMARK

2.5 V 2.5 V 5V 2.5 V 2.2 V -21 dBV -21 dBV -

NR Waiting Filter 2 For R-CH NR Waiting Filter 1 For R-CH Terminal for waiting dector Power Supply for in/out Select ALC Input Terminal PB/REC sitch output . Transform R/P signals into DC. GND FOR ANALOGE 200 mVp-p 3.58 Mhz input Bandgap Power supply for MTS LPF for Stereo PLL Power Supply for MTS Select CTL Pin of cancel signal for pilot C. Filter for making stable dc SIF Audio input from TM Block

1.2 V 3.8 V 5V 3.8 V

4.5 V 3.8 V 3.8 V 3.3 V 3.8 V 3.8 V 2.6 V 3.8 V 3.8 V

Filter of reference voltage source. Loof filterof PLL for auto adj Detection for pilot detection circuit Absorbing the DC offset Absorbing the DC offset Absorbing the DC offset Absorbing the DC offset Converting the voltage of signal Connecting pin of smooth capacity of detection circuit. Converting the voltage of signal Connecting pin of smooth capacity of detection circuit.

0 0 3.8 V 0 2.5 V 3.3 V 0/5

-28.2 dBV -28.2 dBV -28.2 dBV

Line Input 1 ( FRONT ) GND FOR MTS Line Input 2 ( REAR ) Converting the voltage of signal Line Input 3 ( DVD ) DVD Audio (R) Input Absorbing the DC offset Absorbing the DC offset

Reduce the line out noise. GND FOR AUDIO

14-42

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-13 Linear Audio

(1) Block Diagram

OUTPUT

LPF 12KHz

OSD
REC AMP LINE AMP

R/P HEAD

BIAS CTL HPF 60KHz

S/W
PB ON

E/E

PB

PB AMP PB ON

REC ON

INPUT

ATT

ALC

Fig. 14-27 Block Diagram

(2) Block Description

1) ATT (Attenuation) Line amp is shared between PB mode and E/E mode, which reduces the recorded signal by 20dB and resister. 2) ALC (Auto Level Control) If the signal level is lower than the reference signal (-6dBm) level, the output signal will equal the input signal. However, if the input signal is higher than the reference signal, the output will not equal the input and will gen erate uniform signal. * ALC Application Purpose : Since linear audio is in AM (amplitude modulation) and uses magnetic recording device, it only records limited size and as the size of input signal increases, distortion increases. To prevent this occurance, mark sure the signal does not get bigger even if the level of distortion repodly increases. 3) LINE AMP Line amps gain is approximately 23dB. The purpose of the line amp is to amplify to 68dB in order to obtain the recorded signal on the tape during playback. As the amp gain increases, the passband decreases, which enables the amplification of low frequency. However, it is impossible to amplify frequency of 10KHz to 68dB with just 1 OPAMP. Therefore, to satisfy frequency and gain. Line amp must be constructed into 2 steps of OP AMP. (gain is fixed within IC) 4) 12KHz LPF There are various noises to signal output. The loudest noise is the Video SYNC Frequency of 15.734KHz In order to eliminate the Video SYNC Frequency, LPF and TRAP are combined to LPF.

Samsung Electronics

14-43

Circuit Operating Descriptions

5) PB AMP
PB AMP OUTPUT

INPUT

The diagram to the left is the playback amp and the gain input/output are as follows. Av = 1 + Z1 ~ Z1 ~ Z2 Z2

Z1 Z2

The playback characteristic of VHS format can be satisfied by using Z1, Z2 in the above equation. PB amp gain should be designed to be approximately 45dB (1KHz).

Fig. 14-28 PB Amp 6) REC AMP

INPUT PB AMP OUTPUT

The diagram to the left is REC AMP. The amp gain is approximately 14dB. R1 and R2 that determine the gain is located inside the IC. It is uniform and independent to frequency. Frequency characteristics should be considered when designing rec amp. The REC amp should be the opposite to playback characteristics.

R1 R2

Fig. 14-29 REC Amp 7) OSC (Oscillation) Oscillation frequency is 70KHz. Its size is approximately 45Vp-p. it operates on recoed mode. It is supplied to audio erase head and full erase head used to erase already recorded signals. Also, it conducts AM (Amplitude Modulation) using oscillation signals. 8) BIAS Control Oscillation coil is used in oscillation Bias. Coil output changes according to the impedance of F/E, A/E and R/P head connected to the coil. 9) 60KHz HPF There must be standard signal for bias control and that signal uses HPF only to obtain oscillation signal that comes through R/P head. 10) S/W The switch opens when recording, shorts during playback and exterior transister is used.

14-44

Samsung Electronics

Circuit Operating Descriptions

(3) Pin Port Description (IC301 ; LA71207M)

PIN NO. 9 75 6 PIN NAME REC OUT GND BIAS DC VOLT. 2.3 0 REC:2.3 PB:0 REC:4.3V PB:5V 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 0 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 5.0 2.3 2.3 SIGNAL -2dBm 70KHz+1KHz MIX 3Vp-p -32dBm -32dBm -27dBm -27dBm -27dBm -4dBm -13dBm REMARK REC AMP OUTPUT (GAIN ; 14dB) It is grounded due to the switch inside of IC during playback. During recording, it operates on 60KHz input HPF The BIAS CTL voltage change depends on the external TR. PB EQ AMP INPUT (+) PB EQ AMP INPUT (-) PB EQ AMP SLP SW PB EQ AMP OUTPUT LINE AMP INPUT (PB) Operates at HIGH (5V) AUDIO INPUT : -27dBm AUDIO INPUT : -27dBm AUDIO INPUT : -27dBm AUDIO OUTPUT : -4dBm ALC level selector

11 6 5 7 3 2 58 76 78 1 80 77 10 79

BIAS CTL PB EQ (+) PB EQ (-) PB EQ SW PB EQ OUT LINE PB IN A.MUTE INPUT 1 INPUT 2 Vref Filter Input 3 Vcc Line Out ALC IN

Samsung Electronics

14-45

Circuit Operating Descriptions

14-14 OSD
The on screen display circuit consist of a character generator decoder, video mixer, sync separator and sync generator, sync detector circuit. The data is decoded and generates characters in syncro with composite video signal applied pin 49, 50. Also the sync detector circuit discriminates the presence of a video signal by detecting sync, if no sync is detected, a blue screen is displayed. In other word, the OSD circuit displays character on the video when there is a video signal or on blue screen when there is no video signal. (No sync).

IC601
37 38 4/2 fsc oscilator Sync signal generator CVin 49 Sync-tip clamp H V Background video signal Blue Background Super impose 47 CVout

Dot display control

Character data ROM (128 characters) AFCC 52 57 AFCLPF Control circuits (display position. blinking. etc.) registers On-screen display RAM AFC Display data readout control

H/V seperation

50 C-Sync Slice CVin2

Fig. 14-30 Block Diagram

14-46

Samsung Electronics

15. Reference Information

15-1 VCR Deck Operating Description
15-1-1 Features of Mechanism
The following items describe features of the mechanism in VCR. (1) This VCR uses 3-motor system consisted of a cylinder motor, capstan motor, and loading motor. A capstan motor is used to drive the reel and the driving force is transmitted throuch the belt capstan. The cassette loading, tape loading, and mode shift operation are performed by the loading motor. (2) The time duration from cassette-in to picture appearance is shortened by employing the loading drive mechanism (automatic transferring operation from the cassette loading to the tape loading by rotating the loading motor continuously), and by increasing the speed of the tape loading, etc (3) Employment of the full loading system shortens time required to shift the mode such as STOP to PLAY-BACK picture display.

15-2 Basic Configuration of Mechanism

As shown in Fig. 15-1, the mechanism of VCR is configured with five main blocks, and each operation is precisely controlled by the microcomputer built in the system control section. First, load a video cassette tape in VCR : (1) The cassette is automatically set on the reel disc. (2) The tape is pulled out from the cassette, and wrapped around the cylinder. (3) The cylinder turns in a constant speed rate synchronizing with the vertical Sync. signal of video signal. (4) The tape runs in synchronization with cylinder rotation and traces the video tracks precisely. (5) The running tape is taken up by the reel, the tape feeding side is given with a proper tension so that tape is not slacked. The above series of operations are performed under control of the system control section. The system control section also sends commands to each mechanism according to the operation buttons, thus the VCR is designed so that various operations such as recording, playback, special playback, FPS/RPS, and FF/REW, etc. are correctly performed. (Cylinder section) PG FG Cylinder servo Cylinder (Capstan drive section) Capstan Control head Cylinder servo Capstan servo FG

System control Switch-Detect Cam slider Tape loading Pinch lever Cassette holder (Front loading setion) FL cam gear Loading motor Reel sensor (Front loading setion) Tension post Reel brake Idle gear Tape sensor REC-inhibiting SW

(Loading motor drive section)

Fig. 15-1 Basic Configuration of Mechanism Samsung Electronics 15-1

Reference Information

15-3 Main Mechanism and Functions

15-3-1 Tape Path System
The tape come out from the supply reel (S) of the video cassette runs through paths shown in Figs. 15-2 and 15-3, and is taken up by the take-up (T) reel. (S stands for the supply reel, and T for the take-up reel, hereafter.) At S reel side (tape enterance side of the cylinder) against the cylinder, a tension post to allow the tape surface to contact with each head with a proper tension which assures stable running, an FE head which erases entire data of the tape, and an S guide roller which restricts tape motion in upward/downward direction are provided. In the same way, a T guide roller, audio head to record audio signals at upper side of the tape, control head to record and reproduce a control signal at lower side of the tape, and an audio erase head to erase only the audio signals and perform after-recording in parallel with the audio head are provided at T reel side. (tape exit side of the cylinder). The guide parts marked with asterisks (*) are equipped with the adjusting mechanism to stabilize the tape running or to record and reproduce the signals precisely.

S guide roller S slant guide T slant guide

T guide roller

ACE head base ACE head position adjusting screw Pinch roller Tension lever & tension post RPS (released by FF/REW mode) No.9 guide (pulled out at RPS model) Capstan motor No.8 guide ACE adjusting screw Tilt Azimuth Height ACE head position adjusting slite

FE head

Cylinder

Fig. 15-2 Tape Path System

Cylinder S slant guide Tension post * T slant guide ACE head Capstan No.9 guide

Pinch roller FE head * S guide roller * * No.8 guide T guide roller

show the locations to be adjusted.

Fig. 15-3 Guide Path System 15-2 Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-3-2 Reel Drive System

The reel drive system consists of a capstan motor as a drive power source, belt as a power transmission mechanism, clutch mechanism, idle gears, and a reel disc. Selecting of forward rotation or reverse rotation is carried out by an idle gear which changes its rotating direction according to rotating direction of the clutch holder. Reel take-up torque is selected according to an operation mode. In the record, playback, fps, rps modes, the reel take-up torque is controlled by the clutch mechanism, thereby the tape fed by the capstan is taken up with a proper torque. In the FF and REW modes, the clutch enters a direct connecting status in which the clutch mechanism does not operate and the capstan drive torque is transmitted without reduction, so a high speed taking-up is enabled.
S slant guide S guide roller T guide roller T slant guide Video tape (Magneticside) ACE head No. 8 guide Cylinder Pinch roller Capstan No. 9 guide Tape guide

FE head

Tension post

Tape guide

S (Supply) reel disc Idle gear Capstan belt Clutch gear (Clutch mechanism)

T (Tape-up) reel disc

Fig. 15-4 Reel Drive System

Samsung Electronics

15-3

Reference Information

15-4 Basis of the Mechanism

15-4-1 Front Loading
Cassette IN

(1) When a video cassette is inserted into the cassette holder and pushed furthermore, FL arm lever is rotated by motion of the cassette holder. The rotation of FL arm lever makes the horizontal moving of FL drive slider. (2) When the information of Switch Detect is transmitted to the microcomputer, the loading motor starts to rotate. (3) The rotation is transmitted in a sequence shown below : Loading motor - worm gear - worm wheel FL Cam Gear - FL Drive Slider - Arm Lever Cassette Holder (4) The video cassette is horizontally moved. (5) The cassette tape is vertically moved. In this case, the cassette lid is opened. (6) The cassette tape is set on the reel disc, and loading operation completes. (7) The cassette tape is loaded. (8) The status becomes full loading. (9) When the cassette is out, the reverse steps of the above procedure are carried out.

Switch Detect ON Microcomputer Loading Motor ON Loading Motor Worm Gear Worm Wheel FL Cam Gear FL Drive Slider Arm Lever Cassette Holder Cassette Horizontal Motion Cassette Vertical Motion Cassette Door Open Microcomputer Cassette Loading Complete Tape Loading Full Loading Mode

Fig. 15-5 Arm lever

Loading motor

F L drive slider

F L camgear Fig. 15-6 Drive Transmission Path

Worm wheel

15-4

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-4-2 Cassette loading/unloading Modes

When a cassette is entered in the VCR, the cassette is set on the reel disc by the front loading mechanism. In this case, the tension post, loading tape guide, capstan motor, and the No.9 guide are positioned inside of the tape in the cassette case.
Tension post T guide roller ACE head T slant guide No. 8 guide Cylinder Pinch roller Capstan No. 9 guide Tape guide S guide roller

S slant guide FE head

Tape guide

S (Supply) reel disc Idle gear

Capstan belt Clutch gear (Clutch mechanism)

T (Tape-up) reel disc

Fig. 15-7 Cassette IN/OUT Mode

Samsung Electronics

15-5

Reference Information

15-4-3 Tape Loading

A full loading system is employed. In the full loading system, the tape loading starts at the same time when the cassette loading operation has completed and cassette has been mounted, and the tape is pulled out, wrapped around the cylinder and the mechanism enters the stop status under this condition.
Cylinder Guide post FE head Guide post

S guide roller

T guide roller ACE head No. 8 guide Pinch roller Capstan

Tension post No. 9 guide Tape guide

Tape guide

Fig. 15-8 Tape Loading

15-4-4 Playback Standby Mode

In the full loading system, the tape loading starts at the same time when the cassette mounting has completed, the mechanism shifts to the playback position, and enters the standby status with keeping tape wrapped around the cylinder. In this case, tape tension applied to the cylinder is decreased to protect the tape and to prevent the tape from scratches.

15-6

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-4-5 FF/REW Modes

The reels enter a free status by rotating the loading motor to go to FF/REW position. In this case, the capstan motor rotates in clock wise direction in the REW mode. The idle gear is swung rightward or leftward according to the rotating direction of the capstan motor. As a result, the T reel rotates in the FF mode or the S reel rotates in the REW mode, thus taking up the tape to the rotating reel.
S slant guide T guide roller T slant guide Video tape (Magneticside) ACE head No. 8 guide Cylinder Pinch roller Capstan No. 9 guide Tape guide

S guide roller

FE head

Tension post

Tape guide

S (Supply) reel disc Idle gear

Capstan belt Clutch gear (Clutch mechanism)

T (Tape-up) reel disc

Fig. 15-9 FF/REW Mode

Samsung Electronics

15-7

Reference Information

15-4-6 Record/Playback Modes

When the record or playback button is pressed, the tape is fed by the rotation of the capstan motor. In this case, a tension post touches the tape and braking froces created by the band brake linked with the tension post is applied to the S reel, thereby stabilizing the tape tension. The tape fed by the capstan is taken up around the T reel. The T reel is driven with a constant torque generated by transmitting rotation of the capstan motor to the clutch mechanism.
S guide roller S slant guide T guide roller T slant guide Video tape (Magneticside) ACE head No. 8 guide Cylinder Pinch roller Capstan No. 9 guide Tape guide

FE head

Tension post

Tape guide S (Supply) reel disc Clutch gear (Clutch mechanism) Capstan belt T (Tape-up) reel disc

Idle gear

Fig. 15-10 Record/Playback Mode

15-8

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-5 System Control

In the VCR, complex mechanism, video, audio, servo circuits, etc. must be operated in specified timings matched each other. The system control circuit performs entire controls for the VCR. An automatic stop function is also provided to protect important tape if a trouble occurs on the complex mechanism and the electrical circuits. For this purpose, status of each part of the mechanism is always monitored with various sensor switches, and the microcomputer controls collectively the unit so that the best condition is kept. Moreover, the microcomputer controls signal switchings for each circuit according to the mechanism status.
Main microcomputer Loading motor control (Voltage, direction)

Remote control

Remote

Loading motor drive

M Loading motor

broken safety tab REC-inhibition Mode sensor (Detecting of mechanical mode position) (Detection of cassette-in/cassette-out) Cassette Tape in Switch-Detect Mode SW

Take up Abnormal reel retation FF/REW speed control Supply Key matrix Front button Input Abnormal reel retation FF/REW speed control

T reel sensor S reel sensor

Current control Capstan motor control (Speed direction) Capstan motor drive

M Capstan motor

FG pulse CTL pulse (Linear time counter) REC control Cylinder motor control POWER ON/OFF REC mute TV/VCR FG/PG pulse Cylinder motor drive

FG

AUDIO VIDEO TUNER

IIC BUS

Control

M Cylinder motor PG FG

Fig. 15-11 System Control Block Diagram

Samsung Electronics

15-9

Reference Information

15-6 System Control and Mechanical Operations

15-6-1 Mechanical Operation
The operation of mechanism is performed by rotation of the loading motor, and the transmission path of the operation is as shown in Fig. 15-12. Loading Motor

FL cam gear

FL drive slider

FL arm lever

Cassette holder

Cam slider

Mode SW No.9 guide Loading drive gear Pinch drive lever Tension drive lever S brake T brake Up/Down lever Fig. 15-12 Transmission Path of Operation S, T slider Pinch lever Tension lever

Fig. 15-14 shows each mode and mechanism status in each mode concerned with the rotation of the FL cam gear or cam slider shift. The mechanism operates as shown in Fig. 15-13 according to the timing chart in Fig. 15-14. Note : The Switch Detect is actuated by the rotational moving of Lever FL Arm-R and Switch on or off by insertion or ejection of a cassette.

15-10

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

<Top View>

T slider assembly Pinch assembly

Loading motor

S slider assembly

F L cam gear No. 9 guide lever

Tension lever

Joint lever

S brake (off)

T brake (soft) Idle lever assembly

Fig. 15-13 Mechanical Operation (4) To simplify wiring and others, the electrical components relating to operation of the mechanical deck, such as sensors, mode switch, servo microcomputer, etc. are mounted on the PCB arranged all over the bottom side of the mechanical deck. <Bottom View> T loading lever assembly
Tension drive lever

Loading motor

Loading drive gear F L cam gear Joint gear 1

Cam slider

T brake S brake Pinch drive lever Tension drive lever Joint gear 2 Fig. 15-14 Mechanical Operation Samsung Electronics 15-11

Reference Information

Fig. 15-15 Mecha Timing Chart (Kaiser-II)

15-12

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

(1) There are two STOP modes and two FF/REW modes. 1) STOP 1 This mode is performed when PB and FF/REW is not done for 5 miniute at power on. The small load is given to S REEL DISC and T REEL DISC. And the cylinder motor is stopped. 2) STOP 2 This mode is performed when you press the stop button as performing FF/REW. The large load is given to S REEL DISC and T REEL DISC. 3) FF/REW 1 This mode is performed when The tape load is small during performing FF and reducing speed. The tape load is large during performing REW. The small load is given to S REEL DISK and no load is given to T REEL DISC. 4) FF/REW 2 This mode is performed when The tape load is large during performing FF. The tape load is small during performing REW and reducing speed No load is given to S REEL DISK and the small load is given to T REEL DISK. (Cf) According to acceleration, deceleration, and the location of tape, tension control which is caused by converting FF/REW 1 and FF/REW 2 each other is performed during FF or REW. (2) The condition of S Brake and T Brake at each mode. < S BRAKE> 1) OFF BRAKE (Unloading completion, RPS, PLAY, FF/REW 2) - S BRAKE is detached from S REEL DISC completely. So S REEL DISC is free.

Fig. 15-16 2) SOFT BRAKE(during LOADING, STOP 1, FF/REW 1) - The small load is given to S REEL DISC.

Fig. 15-17 Samsung Electronics 15-13

Reference Information

3) MAIN BRAKE (STOP 2) - The large load is given to S REEL DISC.

Fig. 15-18 < T BRAKE> 1) OFF BRAKE (PLAY, FF/REW 1) - T BRAKE is detached from T REEL DISC completely. So T REEL DISC is free.

Fig. 15-19 2) SOFT BRAKE (UNLOADING Completion ,STOP 1, FF/REW 2 ) - The small load is given to T REEL DISC.

Fig. 15-20

15-14

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

3) REVERSE SEARCH BRAKE (RPS) - The medium load is given to T REEL DISC.

Fig. 15-21 4) MAIN BRAKE (on the loading, STOP 2) - The large load is given to T REEL

Fig. 15-22

Samsung Electronics

15-15

Reference Information

15-6-2 Mode Sensor Drive

The mode sensor converts each mode of the mechanism into an electrical signal and transmits it to the microcomputer. The FL cam gear is rotated by the loading motor, and the cam slider slides after operation of the cassette holder. Then the mode switch also rotates synchronized with the cam slider and outputs a signal corresponding to each mode. This signal is transmitted to the microcomputer and the microcomputer stops the cam slider at a specified angle, thus establishing each mode. The IC601 controls Capstan Motor Drive IC for each mode to make the loading motor rotate in forward or reverse direction, thereby setting the mechanism at a specified position. The mode switch develops three outputs A, B and C. The circuit configuration of the mode sensor drive is shown in Fig. 15-22. CN604 1 L.M B+ L,M CTL 58 AL 5V LM F/R 59 AL 5V 8 9 10 CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE IC ~ ~ 1 2

Load (+)

IC601

M
Load (-)

Loading motor

SW603 Mode SW A 64 B 63 C 62 A B C

Fig. 15-23 Mode Sensor Drive

15-16

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-6-3 Operations in Each Mode

[1] Cassette loading & Tape loading mode <Cassette loading> (1) The FL cam gear is in the Cassette unloading (position I)position, and the cassette holder is in the out status (Switch Detect OFF). Under this condition, each motor is stopped. (2) Status of the mechanism is as follows. 1) S.T guide rollers, tension post, No.9 guide are in unloading status and housed in the reel disc side. 2) S brake is released and T brake is in soft brake status. 3) The clutch holder assembly is in clutched status and idle lever assembly is enabled to be engaged with both S and T reel discs. (3) When a cassette is inserted, the lock lever of cassette holder is released from the stopper, the cassette holder moves, the FL arm lever rotates, and the FL Drive Slider slides, thereby Switch Detect OF => ON. (4) IC601 controls Capstan Motor Drive IC to rotate the loading motor in forward direction, and move the cassette holder. At the same time, the capstan motor rotates in the reverse direction and moves the cassette down (vertical motion) while rotating the S reel disc. (5) The cassette lid opens when the vertical motion starts. (6) When the vertical motion has completed and the cassette is mounted, the capstan motor rotates in the reverse direction. At that time the position a is detected with the cam slider shifted and the loading/capstan motors are stopped. After 300msec the loading motor rotates in the forward direction and enters the tape loading operation. T slider assembly

S slider assembly

Tension lever

No. 9 guide lever

S brake (o ff)

T brake (soft) Idle lever assembly

Fig. 15-24 Cassette-Loading Mode (Position I)

Samsung Electronics

15-17

Reference Information

<Tape loading> (1) After slot-in operation (cassette loading), FL cam gear rotates and the cam slider starts shifting, and a loading gear is ready to start. Under this condition, the mechanism status is as follows : 1) The T main brake actuates so that tape does not com out from the T reel during the loading operation. (2) The cylinder starts to rotates after the loading motor is rotated. (3) When the cam slider reaches the position II (loading/unloading modes), the mechanism enters the loading status and operates as described below. 1) S,T sliders are moved through the loading drive gear and trun on the tension post. 2) The No. 9 guide is loaded. 3) The pinch roller is loaded up to front of the capstan. 4) The head cleaner is actuated during loading operation. 5) The S soft brake is actuated. (4) When the cam slider passes through the position III, and detects the position IV (playback standby mode), the loading motor stops. Under this condition, the mechanism status is described as below : The pinch roller is pressed to the capstan. The No.9 guide is stored in the cassette. The tension post touches the tape, band brake force is applied, and the tension servo brake mechanism actuates. Brakes for the reel discs are all off.

T slider assembly

S slider assembly

Tension lever

No. 9 guide lever

S brake (off)

T brake (soft)

Fig. 15-25 Tape Loading Operation (Position II)

15-18

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

<Playback Stand-by (Stop) mode> (1) The tape loading operation completes and the loading motor stops. (2) In the same way as in the playback mode, the capstan motor rotates in forward direction and the T reel disc takes up the tape. (For more details, refer to the playback mode.) (3) After running the tape for 0.6s, the mechanism rotates the capstan in the reverse direction for 0.3s to slack the tape properly with pinch roller pressed. (4) If nothing is operated for about 5 minutes, the loading motor rotates in the forward direction and the cam position reaches the position V, and both the loading motor and the cylinder motor stop. (5) During this period, the video and audio systems are in the same status as in the stop mode. [2] Tape unloading & Cassette unloading <Tape Unloading> (1) When the [EJECT] button is pressed in the stop mode, the mechanism enters the eject mode. (2) IC601 controls cylinder motor drive IC to make the cylinder motor rotates. (3) IC601 makes the loading motor rotate in the reverse direction, and shifts the cam slider. 1) The mechanism components move in the reverse direction against the loading operation. (4) When the cam slider reaches the position II, IC601 makes the capstan motor rotate in the reverse direction (LP X11) and takes up the tape at a specified torque using the clutch mechanism. (5) When the cam slider reaches the position I, it brakes the capstan motor to stop, and then stops the loading motor after 230ms passed. <Cassette unloading> (1) Furthermore, IC601 makes the loading motor rotate in the reverse direction and also the capstan motor in reverse direction, applies braking force to the capstan motor by detecting the Switch-Detect ON --> OFF, and the capstan motor stops. (2) IC601 makes the loading motor stop after 200ms passed from sensing OFF. (3) Also IC601 makes the loading motor rotate in the forward direction after 120ms passed. (4) IC601 makes the loading motor stop after 100ms passed from loading motor rotating in the forward direction.

Samsung Electronics

15-19

Reference Information

[3] Stop mode (1) The cam slider is in the stop mode (position V)(Fig. 15-26)and each motor stops. (2) The mechanism status is as follows : 1) The S, T guide rollers are in the loading status. 2) The pinch roller is kept away from the capstan. 3) The tension post is shifted to the reel disc side. That is, the band brake is released from the ON status and the back tension is also released. 4) The S, T soft brakes are being applied. T slider assembly Pinch assembly (off)

S slider assembly

Tension lever (off)

No. 9 guide lever (off)

S brake (off)

T brake (soft)

Fig. 15-26 Stop Mode (Position V)

15-20

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

[4] FF/REW mode (1) When the [REW] button is pressed in playback standby mode, the mode enters the FF/REW mode. (2) IC601 controls Capstan Motor Drive IC and makes the loading motor rotate in the forward direction. The loading motor stops when the cam position reaches the position IV(Fig. 15-28), VII(Fig. 15-27) (FF/REW mode). The mechanism status is as follows : 1) The pinch roller is OFF. 2) The No. 9 guide is once loaded but immediately returned. 3) The tension post is moved to the reel disc side. That is, the band brake is released from the ON status and the back tension is released. 4) The clutch holder assembly is in the direct status and the capstan driving force is directly transmitted to the reel disc. 5) Brakes for the reel discs are as follows : VI position FF/REW 1 mode (S Brake : soft brake, T Brake : off) VII position FF/REW 2 mode (S Brake : off, T Brake : soft brake) (3) IC601 makes the capstan motor rotate in the forward direction and the idle gear transmits the rotation to the S/T reel discs to take up the tape. [5] FF/REW to STOP mode (1) When the [STOP] button is pressed in the REW mode, the mechanism enters the playback standby mode. (2) IC601 makes the loading motor rotate in the reverse direction and stops at the position V(Fig. 15-26). With this mode shift, the mechanism actuates S, T main brakes to stop the tape. Then, the capstan motor also stops by braking force 70ms after detecting e position. (3) IC601 makes the loading motor rotate in the reverse direction again and stops the loading motor when the cam slider reaches the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode), thus setting the playback standby mode.
T slider assembly Pinch assembly (off)

Tension lever (off)

No. 9 guide lever (off)

S brake (off)

T brake (soft brake)

Fig. 15-27 FF/REW 2 Mode (Position VII)

Samsung Electronics

15-21

Reference Information

[Playback mode] (1) When the [PLAY] button is pressed in the stop mode, the mechanism enters the playback mode. (2) IC601 controls cylinder motor drive IC and rotates the cylinder motor. (3) IC601 controls Capstan Motor Drive IC to rotate the loading motor in the reverse direction and stops the motor when the cam slider reaches the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode). (When operating from the playback standby mode, the cam slider has been already on the position IV.) The mechanism works as follows : 1) The pinch roller moves toward the capstan side and press fits the capstan. 2) The No.9 guide is loaded once and then returned immediately. 3) The tension post touches the tape, the band braking force is applied, and the tension servo mechanism works. 4) The clutch holder assembly enters clutched condition. 5) S,T brakes are released. (4) IC601 makes the capstan rotate in the forward direction and feeds the tape. The idle gear transmits the rotation to the T reel disc and the reel disc takes up the tape at a constant torque by the clutch mechanism. (5) IC601 controls the video circuit and switches the playback screen. (6) The recording speed data identified by IC601 is displayed in the Led module.

Pinch assembly (on)

Tension lever (on)

No. 9 guide lever (off)

S brake (off)

T brake (off)

Fig. 15-28 Playback Mode (Position IV)

15-22

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

<Still mode> (1) When the [PAUSE] button is pressed in the playback mode, the mechanism enters the still mode. The cam slider is in the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode), the cylinder motor is rotating, and the capstan motor is rotating in the forward direction. (2) IC 601 controls the audio circuit and actuates the audio mute function. (3) The capstan motor enters the intermittent operation mode and then stops. (4) IC 601 maintains the recording speed data just before the still operation. (5) In the slow mode, the capstan motor rotates continuously in the intermittent driving. <FPS mode> (1) When the [FF] button is pressed in the playback mode, the mechanism enters the FPS mode (forward picture search). The cam slider is in the position IV (playback mode), the cylinder motor is rotating, and the capstan motor is rotating in the forward direction. (2) IC 601 controls the audio circuit to actuate the audio mute operation. (3) IC601 makes the capstan rotate at 7 times for SP, 21 times for SLP to feed the tape, respectively. The tape is taken up at a constant torque by the clutch mechanism. (The mechanical operation is the same as that in the playback mode.) (4) The recording speed data identified by IC601 is displayed on the Led module.

Samsung Electronics

15-23

Reference Information

<RPS mode> (1) When the [REW] button is pressed in the playback mode, the mechanism enters the RPS mode. The cam slider is in the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode), the cylinder motor is rotating, and the capstan motor is rotating in the forward direction. (2) IC601 controls the audio circuit to actuate the audio mute operation. (3) IC601 controls Capstan Motor Drive IC to make the loading motor rotate in the reverse direction. After 180ms the loading motor stops for 250ms. During the mode shift operation, the mechanism rotates the capstan motor in the forward direction for a constant time so that the tape is not slackened. (4) When the cam slider reaches the position c (loading motor stoped for 250ms), the capstan motor is rotated in the reverse direction for a constant time, and the idle gear is swung toward the S reel disc side. Then, the loading motor rotates in reverse direction and shifts to the position III (RPS mode). When the cam slider reaches the position III (RPS mode), the loading motor stops. The mechanism status is as follows : 1) The No.9 guide is loaded. 2) The tension post is separated from the tape. 3) The T soft brake is turned on. The cpastan motor rotates in the reverse direction at 7 times for SP, 21 times for SLP to feed the tape in the REW direction, respectively. At the same time, the idle gear transmits the rotation to the S reel disc and the S reel disc takes up the tape by the clutch mechanism. (5) The recording speed data identified by IC601 is displayed on the Led module.

Pinch assembly (on)

Tension lever (off)

No. 9 guide lever (on)

S brake (off)

T brake (RPS brake)

Fig. 15-29 RPS Mode (Position III)

15-24

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

[7] REC mode <REC mode> (1) When the [REC] button is pressed in the stop mode, the mechanism enters the REC mode. (2) The cylinder motor starts and then the loading motor rotates in reverse direction. The cam slider reaches the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode). The tape is taken up at a constant torque. The mechanism operations are the same as those in the playback. (3) IC601 controls the audio circuit and video circuit to set the record enable mode. (4) Recording mute is released, thus setting the recording status. The CTL signal is output for recording. <REC PAUSE mode> (1) When [PAUSE] button is pressed in the REC mode, the mechanism enters the REC pause mode. (2) IC601 controls the audio circuit and the video circuit, and releases the record enable mode and performs the rewinding for synchronous editing. (3) After completion of the rewinding for synchronous editing, the cam slider is in the position IV(Fig. 15-28) (playback mode), the cylinder motor is rotating, and the capstan motor and the loading motor stop.

Samsung Electronics

15-25

Reference Information

15-7 Introduction to DVD

15-7-1 The Definition of DVD
DVD is the next generation medium and is the acronym of the Digital Versatile Disc or thr Digital Video Disc, which maximizes the saving density of the disk surface using the MPEG-2 compression technology to enable the storage of 17G bytes of data on the same size CD. 1) 7 times the storage capacity of the conventional CD - Minimized the track pitch and pit size to 1/2 of conventional CD. - Uses red laser with short-wavelenght of 650nm (635nm). DVD Vs. CD-ROM CD-ROM Disc Thickness Lens NA Laser wavelenght Track pitch Capacity Track structure 1.2mm 0.45 780um 1.6pm 0.65GB Pit train CD-R/RW 1.2mm 0.45(0.5) 780um 1.6pm 0.65GB Groove DVD-ROM 0.6*2mm 0.6 650um 0.74pm 4.7GB Pit train DVD-R/RW 0.6*2mm 0.6 650um 0.74pm 4.7GB Groove DVD-RAM 0.6*2mm 0.6 650um 0.615pm 4.7GB Land/Groove

2) Disc Formats DVD consists of two 0.6mm discs attached together, enabling access to the upper and lower side of the disk, and 4 sides could be used at maximum.

Single Layer : 4.7GByte Label Polycarbonate Bonding layer Reflective layer Polycarbonate

Dual Layer : 8.5GByte Label Polycarbonate Reflective layer Bonding layer Semi-reflective layer Polycarbonate Dual Side Dual Layer : 17GByte Polycarbonate Semi-reflective layer Reflective layer Bonding layer Reflective layer Semi-reflective layer Polycarbonate

Dual Side Single Layer : 9.5GByte Polycarbonate Reflective layer Bonding layer Reflective layer Polycarbonate

15-26

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

15-7-2 DVD Types

FORMAT DVD-Video DVD-ROM DVD-Audio DVD-R TYPE Playback Only Read Only Playback Only 1 Time Recording Rewritable DVD-RAM (more than 100,000times) Rewritable DVD-RW (About 1000times) a separated read-write access more like phonograph than a hard disk. read-write access Similar to DVD-RAM except than its technology features APPLICATIONS High quality image and sound for movies and other video media. Multi-functional, multi-media software that requires large storage capacity. High quality sound that exceeds the CD, multi-channel Audio. As with CD-R, write only once This can be virtually used as hard-disk, with a random

Samsung Electronics

15-27

Reference Information

15-8 DVD-Video Format

15-8-1 Main Features
1) Able to store up to 160 minutes of Movie by utilizing the MPEG-2 compression technology. ( Aver. 133min.) 2) Enables more than 500 lines of horizontal resolution. (Class corresponding to the Master Tapes used in broadcasting stations) 3) Provides Dolby Digital 5.1ch Surround 3D sound, which enables theater quality sound (NTSC area). For PAL areas, 1 of either MPEG-2 Audio or Dolby Digital must be selected. 4) Multi-Language Able to store up to 8 languages of dubbing. Able to store up to 32 subtitle languages. 5) Multi-Aspect Ratio 3TV Mode alternatives ; 16:9 Wide Screen (DVD Basic)/4:3 Pan & Scan/Letter Box. 6) Multi-Story Possible to implement Interactive Viewing which enables the user to select the scenario. 7) Multi-Angle Able to view the camera angle you selected among the scenes recorded with multiple camera angles. Note ; The above media features must have the DVD Title that contains the appropriate contents to function properly.

15-8-2 Audio & Video Specifications

Classification Compression Pixel VIDEO Horizontal resolution Compression rate Transmission speed TV aspect Audio Recording type AUDIO Transmission rate Channel Sampling frequency DVD-Video MPEG-2 720 x 480 Max. 500 Lines 1/40 Max. 9.8Mbps (variable) 16:9 / 4:3 Max. 8 streams Dolby Digital 448Kbps/stream 5.1CH/stream 48KHz Linear PCM 6.144Mbps/stream 8CH/stream 16, 20, 24Bit/48, 96KHz Video-CD MPEG-1 352 x 240 Max. 250 Lines 1/140 1.15Mbps (fixed) 4:3 2CH stereo MPEG-1 Layer 2 224Kbps 2CH 16Bit/44.1KHz 4:3
2 Analog CH. 2 Digital CH. (16Bit/44.1KHz)

LD Analog Max.420 Lines Analog

or
1 Analog CH. 1 Stream of Dolby Digital 2 Digital CH. (16Bit/44.1KHz)

15-28

Samsung Electronics

Reference Inion

15-8-3 Detailed Feature

DVD-Video Feature 1 When Developing the DVD Software, various addition and modification is possible.

As the storage capacity increases, the DVD-Video separates the main data and the additional data such as the Multi-Function into different data areas, enabling the control of time-data ratio to provide the format that enables the flexible Software development 1 Movie (3.5Mbps) + Subtitle (1 Language) + Surround Audio (1 Language) = 160min storage (4.673Gbytes) 1 Movie (3.5Mbps) + Subtitle (4 Language) + Surround Audio (4 Language) = 160min storage (4.680Gbytes) 1 Music Video (4Mbps) + 2ch High quality Audio (96kHz/24bit) = 72min storage (4.648Gbytes)

DVD-Video Feature 2

Application of the MPEG-2 compression technology.

DVD-Video uses the variable compresion technology, the MPEG-2 to compress the moving image optimally, minimizing the Data loss to Provide a clear, natural screen while increasing the storage time.

DVD-Video

MPEG-2 (Variable compression : Max. 1/40) - Field unit compression. - Compression rate change according to the amount of Data. - Differentiates the still image and the moving image compression rate, reducing Data loss and enables efficient compression.

Amount of data

Time

Video-CD

MPEG-1 (Fixed compression : Max. 1/140) - Frame unit compression. - Compresses all data using the same ratio. Fast movements are jagged, and unnatural

Amount of data

Loss area

Time

Samsung Electronics

15-29

Reference Information

DVD-Video Feature 3

High quality surround audio.

DVD-Video can store the audio using the 5.1ch Dolby Digital compression or the advanced Liner PCM method, providing the better-than-CD quality and theater like audio quality. DTS (Digital Theater System) Home theatre and music playback in the home, DTS provides high quality 5.1-channel surround sound with many extras not offered by other consumer formats. As well as handling DTS-branded releases from a growing number of music labels and consumer software producers, DTS provides enhanced 6.1 matrix and DTS 6.1 discrete decoding that envelopes the listener in sound. DTS technology is featured in a wide cross section of receiver/pre-amplifiers, DVD players and and add-on components from leading consumer audio vendors Dolby Digital (AC-3) - Unlike the traditional Dolby pro-Logic method, the Dolby Digital method separates all 5 main channels (Front L/R, Center, Surround (Rear) L/R)and the Sub woofer to provide live surround audio. - Using the Down Mix method, the conventional Dolby Pro-Logic and Stereo are all compatible. - Each separated channels are played back at CD quality sound. (Frequency band: 20Hz ~ 20KHz) Linear PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) - Provides the high quality Digital sound without the audio data compression. - Various Digital Recordings are possible as shown in the table to the right. Sampling Frequency Bit Rate 16bit 48KHz 20bit 24bit 16bit 96KHz 20bit 24bit Dolby Digital compatible Audio Mode Channel Format Audio Coding Mode 1/0 2/0 3/0 2/1 3/1 2/2 3/2 O O O O O O O O O L Front C O O O O O O O O O Mono Mono O O Surround R Surround (Rear) L R Mono Stereo Remark

15-30

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

DVD-Video Feature 4

Multi-Language

Audio Dubbing - Max. 8 Languages Subtitle - Max. 32 Languages. Capable of storing, and selectiong. Linear PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)

DVD-Video Feature 5

Multi-Aspect

Unlike the conventional VCD or LD, DVD-Video has the default of 16:9 Wide, and can be viewed using the conventional 4:3 TV, enabling the expansion of viewer selection capabilities. - 16 : 9 TV : Wide Mode (16:9 Wide Full Screen) - 4 : 3 TV : Letter Box Mode, Pan & Scan Mode

16:9 Wide

4:3 Pan & Scan

4:3 Letter Box

Note ; This function is disc-dependent, may not work on all DVDs.

DVD-Video Feature 6

Multi-Angle

Up to 9 angles of view may be stored, enabling the viewer to select a specific viewpoint at a given time. --> Especially, for the Music Video and Sports Title, this provides a more lively image of the scene.

Note ; This function is disc-dependent, may not work on all DVDs.

Samsung Electronics

15-31

Reference Information

DVD-Video Feature 7

Multi-Story

DVD-Video provides the enviroment suitable for the bi-directional Software develoment, providing multiple scenarios. This feature enables the Multi-Story function.

OPTION

Parental Lock

For the titles that are not suitable for children viewing, Parental Locks are set, requesting user defined passwords for viewing Parential Locks may be set on specific frames of the Title, enabling the player to skip those frames during playback.

COPYRIGHT

Regional Code & Macrovision

Classify the world into 6 regions, and if the DVD Title and the Players Reginal Code do not agree, playback is prohibited. Regionnal Coding is optional for the Soft developers (Region 0 All Code), but the Hardware developers must adopt the appropriate regionnal code for sale. - Region 1 : The United States and its territories, Canada. - Region 2 : Europe, Japan, Greenland, Egypt, South Africa, the Middle East. - Region 3 : Taiwan, Hongkong, Korea, South East Asia. - Region 4 : Mexico, South America, Australia, New Zealand. - Region 5 : Russia, Eastern Europe, India, Africa. - Region 6 : China. - Region 0 : Worldwide (All Code)

Adoptation of the Macrovision System disables the copying on to other media.

15-32

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

Remark

DVD-Video Authoring Process

The image quality of the DVD-Video may vary accoring to the quality of the Master and the Authoring Process - The image quality of the DVD-Video varies according to the Digital Mastering Source such as the conventional LD, VCD, or Original Film. - Different Authoring Process are used accoring to the Software developers, and this may affect the DVD image quality. Authoring Process bit stream

Video/Audio Master

MPEG-2 Encoding

Disc Production
bit stream

Surround Audio Master

AC-3/MPEG Audio Encoding

Video/Audio Subtitle Multiplexing

Cutting Master

Subtitle Master

Subtitle Encoding

bit stream

Authoring Process

Samsung Electronics

15-33

Reference Information

MEMO

15-34

Samsung Electronics

Reference Information

Samsung Electronics

15-35